Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Pixelworks

Pixelworks

pxlw · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker pxlw
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Pixelworks
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
________________________________ 
FORM 10-K
________________________________ 

☒

☐

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number: 000-30269
________________________________ 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________________________ 

Oregon
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

16760 SW Upper Boones Ferry Rd. Ste. 101
Portland , Oregon
(Address of principal executive offices)

91-1761992
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

97224
(Zip Code)

503-601-4545
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Trading Symbol(s)
PXLW

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ☐    No  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer,"
"accelerated filer,", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

☐
☒
☐

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. Yes  ☐   No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial
statements.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant
recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant's voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates at June 30, 2023 was $88,578,119 based on the closing price of $1.73 per share of common stock on the Nasdaq
Global Market on June 30, 2023 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter). For purposes of this calculation, executive officers and directors are considered affiliates as well as
holders of more than 5% of the registrant's common stock known to the registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for other purposes.

Number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 8, 2024: 57,796,873

________________________________ 
Documents Incorporated by Reference

Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates information by reference to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023.

1

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty. Investors should consider the risks and uncertainties summarized below, as well as the
risks  and  uncertainties  discussed  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors”  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Investors  should  also  refer  to  the  other
information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, including our consolidated
financial  statements  and  related  notes,  and  our  other  filings  made  from  time  to  time  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Our  business
operations could also be affected by factors that we currently consider to be immaterial or that are unknown to us at the present time. If any of these risks
occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and the trading price of our common stock
could decline.

Our business is subject to the following principal risks and uncertainties:

•

•

The  continued  uncertain  global  economic  environment  and  volatility  in  global  credit,  banking  and  financial  markets  could  materially  and
adversely affect our business and results of operations.
If  we  fail  to  meet  the  evolving  needs  of  our  markets,  identify  new  products,  services  or  technologies,  or  successfully  compete  in  our  target
markets, our revenue and financial results will be adversely impacted.

• Our product strategy may not address the demands of our target customers and may not lead to increased revenue in a timely manner or at all,

which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and limit our ability to grow.

• Achieving design wins involves lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to generating any
revenue  or  without  any  guarantee  of  any  revenue  related  to  this  business.  If  we  fail  to  generate  revenue  after  incurring  substantial  expenses  to
develop our products, our business and operating results would suffer.
System security and data protection breaches, as well as cyber-attacks, could disrupt our operations, reduce our expected revenue and increase our
expenses, which could adversely affect our stock price and damage our reputation.
If we fail to retain or attract the specialized technical and management personnel required to successfully operate our business, it could harm our
business and may result in lost sales and diversion of management resources.

•

•

• We have significantly fewer financial resources than most of our competitors, which limits our ability to implement new products or enhancements

to our current products, which in turn could adversely affect our future sales and financial condition.
If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to continue our operations.

•
• A  significant  amount  of  our  revenue  comes  from  a  limited  number  of  customers  and  distributors  exposing  us  to  increased  credit  risk  and

subjecting our cash flow to the risk that any of our customers or distributors could decrease or cancel their orders.

• We  generally  do  not  have  long-term  purchase  commitments  from  our  customers  and  if  our  customers  cancel  or  change  their  purchase

commitments, our revenue and operating results could suffer.

• Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to decline.
•

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and are forced to seek additional financing alternatives our working capital may be
adversely affected and our shareholders may experience dilution or our operations may be impaired.

• We license our intellectual property, which exposes us to risks of infringement or misappropriation, and may cause fluctuations in our operating

results.

• We face a number of risks as a result of the concentration of our operations and customers in Asia.
• Our operations in Asia expose us to heightened risks due to natural disasters.
• Our international operations expose us to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies.
•

If  we  are  unable  to  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting,  investors  may  lose  confidence  in  the
accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

• Our  dependence  on  selling  to  distributors  and  integrators  increases  the  complexity  of  managing  our  supply  chain  and  may  result  in  excess

inventory or inventory shortages.

• We  may  be  unable  to  successfully  manage  any  future  growth,  including  the  integration  of  any  acquisition  or  equity  investment,  which  could

disrupt our business and severely harm our financial condition.
Continued compliance with regulatory and accounting requirements will be challenging and will require significant resources.
Regulations related to conflict minerals may adversely impact our business.

•
•
• Dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  sole-source,  third-party  manufacturers  for  our  products  exposes  us  to  possible  shortages  based  on  low
manufacturing yield, errors in manufacturing, uncontrollable lead-times for manufacturing, capacity allocation, price increases with little notice,
volatile inventory levels and delays in product delivery, any of which could result in delays in satisfying customer demand, increased costs and
loss of revenue.

2

•

Shortages of materials used in the manufacturing of our products and other key components of our customers’ products may increase our costs,
impair our ability to ship our products on time and delay our ability to sell our products.

• Our  highly  integrated  products  and  high-speed  mixed  signal  products  are  difficult  to  manufacture  without  defects  and  the  existence  of  defects

•

•
•

could result in increased costs, delays in the availability of our products, reduced sales of products or claims against us.
The  development  of  new  products  is  extremely  complex  and  we  may  be  unable  to  develop  our  new  products  in  a  timely  manner,  which  could
result in a failure to obtain new design wins and/or maintain our current revenue levels.
Intense competition in our markets may reduce sales of our products, reduce our market share, decrease our gross profit and result in large losses.
If we are not able to respond to the rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards in the markets in which we compete, or seek to
compete, our products may become less desirable or obsolete.

• We  use  a  customer-owned  tooling  process  for  manufacturing  most  of  our  products,  which  exposes  us  to  the  possibility  of  poor  yields  and

unacceptably high product costs.

• We depend on the manufacturers of our semiconductor products not only to respond to changes in technology and industry standards but also to

•

continue the manufacturing processes on which we rely.
Because  of  our  long  product  development  process  and  sales  cycles,  we  may  incur  substantial  costs  before  we  earn  associated  revenue  and
ultimately may not sell as many units of our products as we originally anticipated.

• Our  developed  software  may  be  incompatible  with  industry  standards  and  challenging  and  costly  to  implement,  which  could  slow  product

•

development or cause us to lose customers and design wins.
The competitiveness and viability of our products could be harmed if necessary licenses of third-party technology are not available to us on terms
that are acceptable to us or at all.

• Our  limited  ability  to  protect  our  IP  and  proprietary  rights  could  harm  our  competitive  position  by  allowing  our  competitors  to  access  our

proprietary technology and to introduce similar products.

• Our products are characterized by average selling prices that can decline over relatively short periods of time, which will negatively affect our

financial results unless we are able to reduce our product costs or introduce new products with higher average selling prices.
The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry may lead to significant variances in the demand for our products and could harm our operations.
Risks associated with our operations in China, including the risk of changes in China's political, economic or social conditions or changes in U.S.-
China relations, as well as liquidity risks, any of which may adversely and materially affect our results of operations, financial position and value
of our securities.
Legal and operational risks related to the PRC legal system, including uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws, and sudden or unexpected
changes  in  laws,  required  approvals  and  permissions,  and  regulations  in  China,  which  could  adversely  affect  us  and  limit  the  legal  protections
available to the Company and its stockholders, as well as materially and adversely affect our business and value of our securities.
If we are unable to implement our strategy to expand our PRC operations, our ability to access capital, customers, and talent in China could suffer,
which in turn may materially and adversely affect our worldwide growth and revenue potential.
Even  if  we  complete  a  listing  on  The  Shanghai  Exchange’s  Science  and  Technology  Innovation  Board,  known  as  the  STAR  Market  (the
“Listing”),  we  may  not  achieve  the  results  contemplated  by  our  business  strategy  and  our  strategy  for  growth  in  the  PRC  may  not  result  in
increases in the price of our common stock.
If the Listing is completed, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.’s (“PWSH”) status as a publicly traded company in China
that is controlled, but less than wholly owned, by Pixelworks could have an adverse effect on us.
The STAR Market is relatively new, and as a result, it is difficult to predict the effect of the proposed Listing, which may in turn negatively affect
the price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market.
If the Listing is completed, Pixelworks and PWSH both will be public reporting companies, but each will be subject to separate, and potentially
inconsistent, accounting and disclosure requirements, which may lead to investor confusion or uncertainty that could cause decreased demand for,
or fluctuations in the price of, one or both of the companies’ publicly traded shares.
The price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate substantially.

•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

3

PIXELWORKS, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Risk Factors
Forward Looking Statements

Business.
Risk Factors.
Unresolved Staff Comments.
Cybersecurity.
Properties.
Legal Proceedings.
Mine Safety Disclosures.

PART I

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Reserved.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Controls and Procedures.
Other Information.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Compensation.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
Form 10-K Summary.

PART IV

SIGNATURES

4

2
5

6
17
37
37
39
39
39

40
40
41
48
48
77
77
78
78

79
79
79
79
79

80
84

 
Forward-looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation in Part II, Item 7,
contains "forward-looking statements" that are based on current expectations, estimates, beliefs, assumptions and projections about our business. Words
such as "may," "will," "appears," "predicts," "continue," "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates" and variations of such
words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and
involve  numerous  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict.  These  forward-looking  statements  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,
statements regarding: the features, benefits and applications of our technologies and products; market trends and changes, including in the Mobile, Home
& Enterprise and Cinema markets; our strategy, including strategy regarding our products, technology, research and development, sales and marketing
and  acquisition  and  other  growth  opportunities;  the  Equity  Transfer  Agreement  and  the  redeemable  non-controlling  interests  in  our  subsidiary,  PWSH,
including  the  possible  redemption  thereof  and  the  impact  thereof,  and  any  changes  in  carrying  value  of  such  interests  that  are  attributable  to  foreign
currency, and the rights related thereto; our strategic plan of re-aligning our Mobile and Home & Enterprise businesses and expectations related thereto,
including  the  potential  Listing  and  the  timing  and  benefits  thereof,  plans  with  respect  to  our  reinvestment  of  our  earnings  in  China;  amortization
expectations;  our  expectations  with  respect  to  our  co-development  agreement  and  related  costs  and  expenses;  our  gross  profit  margin;  any  future
restructuring programs; our liquidity, capital resources and the sufficiency of our working capital and need for, or ability to secure, financing; the success
of  our  products;  customer,  distributor  and  manufacturer  concentration;  current  global  economic  challenges;  exchange  rate  and  interest  rate  risks;  our
competitive  advantages  in  research  and  development;  levels  of  inventory  at  distributors  and  customers;  changes  in  customer  ordering  patterns  or  lead
times; seasonality; expectations as to revenue associated with sales into certain markets; cost and investment expectations; backlog; future contractual
obligations;  competition;  intellectual  property;  insufficient,  excess  or  obsolete  inventory  and  variations  in  inventory  valuation;  income  tax  valuation
allowance; net operating loss utilization; accounting policies and use of estimates and potential impact of changes thereto; internal controls; the potential
impact on our business of certain risks, including the concentration of our suppliers, risks of technological change, concentration of credit risk, changes in
the markets in which we operate, our international operations, including in Asia, our indemnification obligations and litigation risks; our operations in
China, including the risk of changes in the political, economic, legal or social conditions there, and statements relating to our customer agreement that
defrays  research  and  development  expenses,  including  amounts  to  be  received  thereunder,  the  accounting  treatment  thereof,  the  timing  of  the  work
thereunder,  expenses  and  offsets  related  thereto  and  our  expectations  with  respect  to  sales  and  offsets  related  thereto.  Factors  which  may  cause  actual
results  to  vary  materially  from  those  contained  in  the  forward-looking  statements  include,  without  limitation:;  unanticipated  changes  in  the  markets  in
which the Company operates; the effects of the current macroeconomic climate; our ability to deliver new products in a timely fashion; our new product
yield rates; changes in estimated product costs; product mix; the growth of the markets we serve; supply of products from third-party foundries; failure or
difficulty in achieving design wins; timely customer transition to new product designs; competitive factors, such as rival chip architectures, introduction or
traction by competing designs, or pricing pressures; litigation related to our intellectual property rights; our limited financial resources; economic and
political  challenges  due  to  operations  in  Asia  and  specifically  in  China;  including  any  governmental  approvals;  exchange  rate  fluctuations;  failure  to
retain or attract qualified employees; the sufficiency of our intellectual property and patent portfolio; natural disasters, war or pandemics; the need for
additional income tax valuation allowances; limitations on net operating losses, as well as other risks identified in the risk factors contained in Part I, Item
1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we do not undertake any
obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K unless otherwise
required  by  law.  If  we  do  update  one  or  more  forward-looking  statements,  you  should  not  conclude  that  we  will  make  additional  updates  with  respect
thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements. Except where the context otherwise requires, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms
"Pixelworks," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" mean Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon corporation, and its subsidiaries.

5

Item 1.

Business.

Overview

PART I

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently
high-quality and authentic viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications. We define our primary target markets as Mobile (smartphone and tablet),
Home & Enterprise (projectors, personal video recorders ("PVR"), and over-the-air ("OTA") streaming devices), and Cinema (creation, remastering, and
delivery of digital video content). Previously we classified our primary target markets as Mobile, Projector, Video Delivery and Cinema, but have since
aggregated the Projector and Video Delivery categories into one market called "Home & Enterprise".

Pixelworks  has  been  a  pioneer  in  visual  processing  technology  for  over  20  years.  We  were  one  of  the  first  companies  to  commercially  launch  a  video
System on Chip ("SoC") capable of deinterlacing 1080i HDTV signals and one of the first companies with a commercial dual-channel 1080i deinterlacer
integrated circuit. We launched one of the industry’s first single-chip SoCs for digital projection. We were the first company to integrate motion estimation /
motion  compensation  technology  ("MEMC")  as  a  mobile-optimized  solution  for  smartphones.  In  2019,  we  introduced  our  Hollywood  award-winning
TrueCut Motion

 video platform, the industry’s first motion grading technology that allows fine tuning of motion appearance in cinematic content.

TM®

Our core visual processing technology intelligently processes digital images and video from a variety of sources and optimizes the content for a superior
viewing experience. Rapid growth in video and gaming consumption, combined with the move towards bright, high resolution, high frame rate and high
refresh rate displays, especially in mobile, is increasing the demand for our solutions. Our technologies can be applied across a wide range of applications:
cinema theaters, low-power mobile tablets, smartphones, streaming devices, and digital projectors for the home, school, or the workplace. Our products are
designed  and  optimized  for  power,  cost,  bandwidth,  viewer  experience,  and  overall  system  performance,  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  specific
application. On occasion, we have also licensed our technology.

During  2021,  we  engaged  in  a  strategic  plan  to  re-align  our  Mobile  and  Home  &  Enterprise  businesses  to  improve  their  focus  on  their  Asia-centered
customers and employee stakeholders. One of our Chinese subsidiaries, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (or "PWSH"), now
operates these businesses as a full profit-and-loss center underneath Pixelworks. In connection with this strategic plan, the Company and PWSH closed
three separate financing transactions in 2021 and 2022, which are further described in "Note 14: Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest and Equity Interest
of PWSH Sold to Employees" and "Note 15: Non-Controlling Interest", which are incorporated by reference into this section. PWSH has a branch office
located in Shenzhen, China (Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Shenzhen Branch Office No. 1), which is primarily for sales and
customer  support  for  PWSH,  and  a  subsidiary  located  in  Hong  Kong  (Pixelworks  Hong  Kong  Limited),  which  has  no  employees  and  is  used  for
distribution  of  PWSH  products.  Pixelworks  has  an  additional  subsidiary  in  China  (Frame  Shadow  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.,  Ltd.  (formerly  called
Mucheng Huai Management Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd)) which is a research and development center for our TrueCut business. This subsidiary does
not  operate  under  PWSH,  but  rather  is  owned  by  Pixelworks  through  our  Oregon  limited  liability  company,  Pixelworks  Semiconductor  Technology
Company, LLC.

6

 
We continue to prepare PWSH to file an application for an initial public offering of PWSH shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science Technology
Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”) once market conditions in China are supportive. We believe that the Listing will have many
benefits,  including  improved  access  to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  PWSH’s  growth  worldwide.  The  process  of  going  public  on  the  STAR
Market is lengthy and includes several periods of review by various government agencies of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), such as the Shanghai
Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”). There is no guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at
any point in the future. The CSRC and the SSE have recently tightened the standards for the STAR Market and are currently advising companies that are
not yet profitable under China GAAP standards against filing an IPO application in the present environment. The Company believes this is in large part due
to the current economic conditions in China and the recent performance of companies already listed on the STAR Market that were not profitable at the
time  of  their  IPO.  PWSH  is  not  currently  profitable  under  China  GAAP  standards.  The  CSRC  and  the  SSE  may  relax  the  standards,  but  there  is  no
guarantee that this will happen in any particular time frame. Any listing of PWSH on the STAR Market will not change the status of PXLW as a U.S. public
company. More than a majority of our operations are in China, but our executive officers and all of our directors but one are located in the United States
(and he resides in Singapore). We are neither a PRC operating company nor do we conduct our operations in China through the use of variable interest
entities. Our auditor is Grant Thornton LLP, with headquarters in Chicago, Illinois. The Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, as amended by the
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023, and related regulations, therefore do not apply to our Company.

Key Markets

We target three key markets with our products and services: Mobile, Home & Enterprise, and Cinema.

Mobile

Our Mobile market category is composed of smartphones and tablets. The user experience with mobile video and gaming is a key driver of growth in the
smartphone and tablet market. Smartphones and tablets pose a number of unique challenges as mobile display systems. Digital video content is available in
a wide range of resolutions and frame rates. Power is of primary importance, impacting form factor, cost, and performance. As these systems have added
more functionality, new features have had to compete for battery life, internal bandwidth, and space. The addition of high-resolution and high refresh rate
displays  has  further  increased  the  burden  on  these  resources.  The  challenges  of  playing  low  resolution  and  frame  rate  content  on  a  high  resolution  and
frame  rate  display  and  of  rendering  high  resolution  and  frame  rate  mobile  games  in  a  power-efficient  way  are  limiting  the  users’  visual  experience  on
mobile video and gaming. Our Mobile solutions are designed improve this user experience.

Using  the  same  visual  processing  technology  in  a  mobile  device  that  was  developed  for  large  screen  TVs  is  neither  feasible  nor  desirable.  The  visual
processing  pipelines  used  in  TVs  consume  many  watts  of  power  and  would  be  unsuitable  for  battery  powered  systems.  In  TVs,  the  size  constraints  on
electronics are significantly less stringent when compared to mobile systems. To furnish the Mobile market with appropriate solutions, we have taken a
holistic,  system-wide  view  and  re-invented  its  visual  processing  technology  to  fit  within  the  mobile  constraints  of  battery  life,  bandwidth,  form  factor,
performance, and use cases. This approach has enabled us to create technology that meets the power and size requirements of mobile as well as enabling
low power but high frame rate, high resolution and high dynamic range video and gaming experiences.

The burgeoning global gaming market is dominated by the smartphone segment. The vast majority of gamers worldwide play games on a smartphone (June
2020  Ericsson  Mobility  Report).  PC-grade  AAA/Cinematic  games  are  being  deployed  for  smartphones.  These  games  require  more  intensive  visual
processing, including higher frame rate, resolution, photorealistic, picture quality and responsiveness. Cost, size and power limit the rendering capabilities
of  mobile  application  processors,  which  are  not  keeping  up  with  the  sophistication  of  mobile  games.  Furthermore,  battery  life  and  thermal  challenges
remain difficult to overcome. Our visual processor solutions enable the most popular mobile games to achieve previously impossible visual experiences
and battery life.

As 5G network coverage rapidly expands worldwide, the availability of 5G chipsets targeting smartphones should continue to reinvigorate market growth
given the increased speed and lower latency of the wireless connections. In addition, service providers in some countries will also utilize 5G networks to
provide  fixed  wireless  broadband.  We  further  believe  our  compelling  Mobile  visual  processing  functionality,  combined  with  5G  capability,  may  help
motivate consumers to replace their 3G and 4G phones at a faster rate than occurred in the past. Finally, a new smartphone category has emerged as top
vendors have previewed foldable smartphones which serve as a phone, and a mini tablet when unfolded. As prices for this capability inevitably come down,
and further competition emerges, we believe this new category, along with the rollout of 5G networks, can strengthen the Mobile device market.

7

Home & Enterprise

Our Home & Enterprise market category is composed of digital projection and video delivery devices and applications.

Digital Projection

Increasingly  affordable  price  points  are  driving  continued  adoption  of  digital  projectors  in  business  and  education,  as  well  as  among  consumers.
Technology improvements are helping to reduce the size and weight of projection devices while increasing their performance. Projector models range from
larger  units  designed  to  be  permanently  installed  in  a  conference  hall  or  other  venue  to  ultra-portable  devices  weighing  fewer  than  two  pounds  for
maximum  portability.  The  feature  set  of  projection  systems  differs  from  that  of  a  typical  large-screen  flat  panel  display  such  as  a  TV.  This  is  primarily
because the projector is a sharing and collaboration device while the TV is designed for direct consumption of content. The digital projection market serves
several  different  areas  such  as  business,  education,  and  home  theater.  Business  users  employ  multimedia  projectors  to  display  both  still  and  video
presentation  materials  from  PCs  and  other  sources.  Requirements  for  the  business  market  include  portability,  compatibility  with  multiple  software  and
hardware  applications,  and  features  that  ensure  simple  operation.  In  education  environments  ranging  from  elementary  schools  to  university  campuses,
projectors  help  teachers  integrate  media-rich  instruction  into  classrooms.  Home  theater  projector  systems  can  drive  large-screen  displays  for  content
consumption where flat panel displays are either economically not viable or physically incompatible for use.

Consistent with the trends of other consumer products, digital projectors are increasingly incorporating networking capabilities that enable the sharing of
video  and  other  content  among  multiple  devices.  This,  in  turn,  is  enabling  new  use  models  for  digital  projection  in  both  the  education  and  business
environments.  For  example,  one  teacher  can  present  the  same  material  simultaneously  in  multiple  classrooms,  and  students  in  different  classrooms  can
display and discuss their work. Such connectivity allows instant access to content and sharing of content, which promotes interaction and collaboration
among dispersed groups. In the business setting, this connectivity enables teleconferencing and the seamless sharing of content for more effective meetings.

Video Delivery

With the acquisition of ViXS Systems Inc. in August 2017, we expanded both our market presence and product portfolio. The video industry continues to
evolve and adopt new video standards such as High Efficiency Video Coding, 4K Ultra HD and HDR. The technical and processing demands of these
standards are complex and play directly into our core competencies. Our technologies for video delivery are highly integrated, low power, and provide high
quality video processing, allowing seamless connectivity between devices while maintaining end-to-end content security. With the advent of digital video,
it has become possible to deliver video to consumers in an ever-increasing number of ways. Traditional delivery mechanisms, such as over the air
broadcasts, cable, satellite, DVDs, and Blu-ray, are being supplemented with Internet streaming and download services. With these new video delivery
options comes the ability to offer more services and improved quality.

High-resolution  (UHD/4K),  sustained  bitrate  decoding  (100Mbit),  and  advanced  video  formats  (HDR10,  HDR10+)  are  key  requirements  for  advanced
personal video recorder ("PVR") products sold in the Japanese market, where consumers rate video quality as a key acquisition criteria. The advanced PVR
market in Japan is experiencing growth as products move from 2K to UHD/4K formats and support new broadcast technologies, like Advanced Digital
Satellite Broadcast ("ADSB") in Japan.

Cinema

Our  Cinema  market  category  is  composed  of  applications  and  services  for  content  creation,  remastering  and  video  streaming  for  cinematic  video.  Our
Cinematic solutions expand the creative palette for filmmakers, and ensure the correct presentation of creative intent across screens. In recent years, the
trend towards brighter, high dynamic range ("HDR")-capable screens, larger screen sizes and higher resolutions, has amplified artifacts such as judder and
strobing and caused the filmed shutter speed to appear faster and more choppy than intended. Furthermore, the mismatch between the 24 frame per second
rate  that  is  the  standard  for  cinema  and  the  higher  screen  refresh  rates  used  on  home  entertainment  screens  creates  additional  artifacts,  that  all  together
degrade the viewing experience and are no longer faithful to creative intent.

Our TrueCut Motion platform is the industry’s first solution to give filmmakers the ability to cinematically fine-tune motion blur, judder, and frame-rate
appearance  and  can  be  used  as  part  of  the  creative  process  to  empower  filmmakers  to  shoot  at  any  frame-rate  and  then  deliver  a  cinematically-tuned,
broader set of motion and frame rate appearances. TrueCut technology preserves artistic intent across screens, from theaters to TVs to smartphones.

8

Core Products and Technology

Core Products

Our products include the following:

Semiconductor Hardware (integrated circuits or “ICs”)
• Visual Processor ICs for mobile devices
•
•

ImageProcessor SoCs for digital projectors
Transcoder ICs for media players, set-top-box recorders

Software and Platform Licensing

•
•

Pixelworks Pro display processing software for smartphones
TrueCut Motion grading, content creation and distribution tools and device certification

Currently the vast majority of our revenue is generated from the sale of the following ICs.

•

•

•

ImageProcessor ICs. Our ImageProcessor ICs include embedded microprocessors, digital signal processing technology and software that control
the  operations  and  signal  processing  within  high-end  display  systems.  We  have  continued  to  refine  the  architectures  for  optimal  performance,
manufacturing  our  products  on  process  technologies  that  align  with  our  customers’  requirements.  Additionally,  we  provide  a  software
development environment and operating system that enables our customers to more quickly develop and customize the "look and feel" of their
products.

Visual Processor ICs. Products in this category work with a mobile application processor to enhance the performance or feature set of the overall
display solution. Our Visual Processor ICs can be used with many popular mobile application processors (such as from Qualcomm Incorporated
and MediaTek Inc.) to help original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) enhance their smartphone or tablet products. In addition, we provide a
software development kit to our gaming eco-system partners (including publishers of AAA mobile games) that enables the use of our Rendering
Accelerator technology in our visual processors to improve game performance and reduce overall system power while playing high frame rate
mobile games.

Transcoder  ICs.  Our  Transcoder  ICs  include  embedded  microprocessors,  digital  signal  processing  technology  and  software  that  control  the
operations and signal processing for converting multiple bitrates, resolutions and codecs to provide bandwidth efficient video transmissions based
on industry standard protocols. Our transcoder technology allows for single, dual and even quad streaming solutions for OTA products. Like our
other ICs, we have continued to refine the architectures for optimal performance, manufacturing our products on process technologies that align
with  our  customers’  requirements.  Additionally,  we  provide  a  software  development  environment  that  enables  our  customers  to  more  quickly
develop and customize their products.

Revenue is also derived from the following software and platform licensing products, which are included in the Engineering services, license and other
revenue category:

•

•

Pixelworks  Pro  Software.  Our  Pro  Software  is  a  software  development  environment  that  enables  our  customers  to  more  quickly  develop  and
customize the “look and feel” of their mobile products by use of various features, such as absolute color accuracy, HDR tone mapping, SDR-to-
HDR  conversion,  and  others.  Customers  can  use  our  Pro  Software  on  the  application  processor  or  in  connection  with  our  visual  processor
products.

TrueCut Motion Platform. Our TrueCut Motion content creation tools provide filmmakers with the ability to dial in a motion look on a shot-by-
shot basis. We provide motion grading services that use these tools as a service, and the tools are also available for license. For content finishing,
specific to certain displays, TrueCut Motion will pre-process the content in order to ensure playback according to the original creative intent. For
display  makers  and  brands,  we  provide  the  certification  services,  support,  and  IP  licensing  necessary  to  play  back  TrueCut  Motion  processed
content, and the right to use the TrueCut Motion brand.

9

For clarity, in the table below we describe the relationship between our products and the markets and applications that each serves.

Market

Mobile

Product or Service (revenue type)

Application

Visual processors (Sales of ICs)

For smartphones and tablets

License

For use of our technology or software in smartphones and tablets

Home & Enterprise Image processors (Sales of ICs)

Transcoder ICs (Sales of ICs)

For projectors to be used by businesses, in educational settings and for
home entertainment

For  OEMs  and  ODMs  who  design  personal  video  recorder  (PVR)
products and Over the Air products (OTA) for the consumer electronics
segment

Engineering services and Other

Related to our IP streaming applications for PVR and OTA applications
and technical support services

Cinema

Engineering services and Other

Related  to  content  creation,  remastering  and  video  streaming  of
cinematic  content  processed  with  our  content  creation  tools,  such  as
TrueCut® Motion

Technology

Evolution of Display Technology and The Performance Gap

Display technologies have recently begun to transition from an era of higher resolutions, response times, and frame rates, with lower power and thinner
form factors, to one focused on higher contrast, brightness, and more colors.

In mobile devices, Apple Inc. ("Apple") has brought wide color gamut to many of their devices, including the iPhone, iPad Pro, MacBook Pro and iMac.
These devices deliver the same color gamut used in digital cinema theaters ("DCI-P3"). Meanwhile, TV manufacturers including Samsung Electronics Co.,
Ltd. ("Samsung"), TCL Technology, Sony Group Corporation (“Sony”), and LG Electronics, Inc. (“LG”) are bringing high contrast, high brightness, or
HDR  TVs  based  on  organic  light  emitting  diodes  (“OLED”)  and  local-dimming  liquid  crystal  display  (“LCD”)  panels  to  the  living  room.  Furthermore,
most premium and high-tier smartphones and tablets from Apple, Samsung, Sony, LG, and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd now include HDR as a standard
feature.

Hardware  improvements  in  color  and  contrast  are  of  little  value  without  content  that  can  take  advantage  of  them.  In  fact,  a  significant  gap  now  exists
between the vast majority of video content available to consumers and these emerging display devices.

•

•

•

•

Contrast and Brightness: Almost all movies available to consumers today use the “Rec.709” ITU standard format. This format defines brightness
levels up to around 100 “nits” (a standard measure of brightness), whereas HDR TVs are five to ten times brighter, from 540 nits upwards. Most
mobile devices support over 400 nits and sometimes over 1000 nits of peak brightness.

Color Gamut: DCI-P3 has a 25% larger color gamut than Rec.709.

Frame Rate: TVs commonly display at 120 frames per second (120 Hz) and up to 240 Hz on more sophisticated higher-end models. All premium
tier mobile displays were launched in 2023 with 120 Hz screens, which are quickly cascading down to lower price points. Some of the gaming
smartphones now have displays that run at up to 144 Hz.

Resolution: TVs have achieved 4k resolutions (3840x2160) and mobile devices today can achieve up to 1440x3240 resolution, and while some
content  is  available  in  4k  resolution,  most  movies  are  only  available  in  FHD  or  HD  resolutions,  which  is  typically  1920x1080  and  1280x720,
respectively.

10

 
 
 
Content formats are evolving to take advantage of these display improvements. For example, Dolby Laboratories, Inc. (“Dolby”) introduced the “Dolby
Vision™” format for movies and devices, in order to allow consumers to realize the benefits of HDR and wide color gamut. The industry standards body
Society of Motion Picture & Television Engineers released a format specification known as “HDR10” that similarly bridges the gap in contrast and color
between content and devices. The Ultra-HD Blu-ray disk format and streaming services such as Netflix and Amazon Video now support 4k HDR, aided by
improved compression standards such as H.265.

Managing many content formats across a rapidly evolving range of displays is a significant and growing challenge. Older content tends to not get upgraded
to the newer formats, yet consumers expect all content to display correctly. As the number of content formats grow, the technology of video processing
becomes increasingly complex.

Delivering  the  intent  of  the  content  creator  requires  sophisticated  algorithms  and  hardware  circuits.  Frame-rate  and  motion  incompatibilities  require  a
significantly higher level of processing and more sophisticated algorithms in order to avoid creating new problems. For example, Hollywood movies, TV
shows, and other premium content are usually authored at 24 frames per second or 24 Hz. At this frame rate, the brain can easily notice the transition from
one frame to the next. As the brain and eyes track objects in motion, they have to jump in discrete steps due to the low frame rate. This stop-start motion is
perceived by the brain as judder, jitter or strobing, reducing the visible clarity and fidelity of objects in motion and distracting from the main subject of the
content. Most TVs today include frame-rate conversion chips, but many reviewers complain about artifacts such as halos, breakup in the image and the so-
called  “soap  opera  effect”.  Unfortunately,  without  frame-rate  conversion,  the  video  can  appear  to  have  judder  and  blur  at  levels  that  have  increased
substantially as a result of the improvements in contrast, color and detail.

Additionally, when a motion sequence is played on a digital display device, the new updated frame is drawn over the top of the still visible previous frame.
This “hold” effect is perceived by the brain as motion blur. There are numerous causes of motion blur. The materials used in constructing pixels on the
display take a finite amount of time to transition from one state to another. If this time is too long, the image does not update swiftly and motion sequences
seem to smear or blur.

Judder and motion blur artifacts are more noticeable on bright, large screen, high contrast displays. Our advanced visual processing technology provides
OEMs with solutions that avoid or minimize these artifacts and help realize the potential of their investment in high-resolution displays.

This  gap  between  display  capabilities  and  available  content  brings  significant  challenges  to  video  display  device  manufacturers.  Sophisticated  visual
processing  is  required  to  accurately  reproduce  the  intended  video  on  today’s  displays.  We  help  bridge  this  gap  between  the  display  capabilities  and
available  content  with  our  visual  processors  and  software,  as  well  as  with  our  TrueCut®  Motion  platform  for  content  creators,  distributors  and  display
brands.

Our Technology: Bridging the Gap Between Device and Content While Preserving Creative Intent

Our core technologies are a portfolio of advanced video algorithms and intellectual property to address the many challenges posed by digital video. We
believe our technologies can significantly improve video quality and will become increasingly important as the popularity of video content consumption
grows,  and  pixel  densities,  screen  size  and  image  quality  increase.  Our  products  are  designed  with  a  flexible  architecture  that  allows  us  to  combine
algorithms and functional blocks of digital and mixed signal circuitry. Accordingly, our technologies can be implemented across multiple products or in
combinations within single products and can be applied to a broad range of applications, including smartphones, tablets, and projectors. The majority of our
products include one or more of our technologies to provide optimal high-quality visual processing solutions to our customers, regardless of screen size.

11

Our core visual processing technologies include:

• MotionEngine® MEMC. Our proprietary MEMC technology significantly improves the performance and viewing experience of any screen by
addressing  problems  such  as  judder  and  motion  blur.  Unlike  competitive  solutions  it  also  reduces  halo  effects  that  are  a  typical  byproduct  of
MEMC technology in general. Halos are objectionable blurred regions that surround moving objects as the MEMC algorithms try to reconstruct
missing  image  data  caused  by  the  concealing  and  revealing  of  objects  as  they  pass  over  or  behind  one  another.  Removing  halos  dramatically
improves image quality and is of particular importance on high-resolution and bright displays where artifacts become more visible.

•

•

AI Based Display Processing. This technology dramatically improves video and image quality and sets a new standard for picture quality on both
LCD and OLED mobile displays with a new AI-driven architecture and dynamic refresh rate support for up to 144 Hz. Its lightweight AI display
inferencing  augments  the  Company’s  knowledge  base,  numerous  real  time  inputs,  and  fuzzy  logic  IP  to  adaptively  and  intelligently  optimize
overall picture quality for video, games, and photos at low power, including real time SDR-to-HDR conversion and AI adaptive display.

Advanced Scaling. As display resolutions continue to increase, there is a need to convert lower resolution content to higher resolution in order to
display content properly. With the latest wave of high-resolution displays, the quality and quantity demands of scaling have increased significantly.
Artifacts  become  more  noticeable  on  these  types  of  displays  as  they  distract  from  the  realism  effect.  In  addition,  with  the  availability  of  high-
resolution content lagging behind the availability of high-resolution displays, high-quality scaling is required to ensure these new high resolution
displays (such as 4K) do not suffer when compared to lesser resolution displays of the same size. Our advanced scaling is designed to ensure that
up-conversion of lower resolution content is of the highest quality in maintaining the fidelity of image.

• Mobile Visual Processing. We have developed innovative visual processing solutions that are designed to optimize power consumption for mobile
devices. Beyond MEMC and advanced scaling, these mobile solutions provide the kind of improvements in color, contrast, sharpness, and de-blur
that are currently only found in high quality TVs today. Furthermore, this technology can reduce system power consumption and extend battery
life.

•

•

•

•

Transcoding/Decoding. Digital Delivery forms the bulk of not just video content, but all internet bandwidth today. However, throughout the entire
chain from inception to consumption, there are multiple variations in bitrate, resolution, and codecs used for both audio and video. Transcoding is
a fundamental technology used throughout this pipeline that leads to moving pictures viewed on TVs and mobile devices. The XCODE family of
ASICs  has  enabled  many  devices  within  this  pipeline,  from  the  racks  in  some  service  providers  all  the  way  down  to  the  home  user  watching
broadcast  OTA  TV  on  a  smartphone.  XCODE  technology  provides  solutions  that  deliver  UHD  Blu-ray  PVRs  with  capability  of  transcoding
recorded content suitable for viewing on smartphones. The technology supports today’s broadcast standards, such as ATSC 1.0, DVB/T/T2/S/S2,
ISDB/T/S, and ADSB and is scalable to support upcoming broadcast standards such as ATSC 3.0.

SDR  to  HDR  Conversion.  UHD  video  has  standardized  on  a  technology  known  as  HDR  to  deliver  higher  dynamic  range  content.  This  has
resulted in several competing HDR deployments like HDR10, HLG and HDR10+ with support by multiple industry giants. Our HDR conversion
technology can not only convert between SDR (Standard Dynamic Range) and HDR10, it can also convert among HDR10, HLG and HDR10+,
solving an interconnectivity problem between content formatted in one HDR format and display devices that support a different HDR format.

Rendering Accelerator (IRX). We have developed technology that is enabled via a software development kit used by gaming content makers to
allow their games to leverage the resources and features of our most current visual processing technology to improve the user experience with high
frame rate, high resolution games while reducing overall system power consumption.

TrueCut Motion Grading and Pre-processing. Through our end-to-end platform, filmmakers determine the motion look and their creative intent
at  the  source.  Their  creative  intent  is  preserved  through  a  certified  distribution  and  playback  platform  all  the  way  to  the  final  presentation  to
viewers. This approach provides a closer relationship between the filmmaker and the viewer than has been previously possible.

12

Customers, Sales and Marketing

IC Products

The key focus of our global sales and marketing strategy for our IC products is to achieve design wins with industry leading branded manufacturers in our
target markets and to continue building strong customer relationships. Once a design win has been achieved, sales and marketing efforts are focused on
building  long-term  mutually  beneficial  business  relationships  with  our  customers  by  providing  superior  technology  and  reducing  their  costs,  which
complements our customers’ product development objectives and meets their expectations for price-performance and time to market. Marketing efforts are
focused on building market-leading brand awareness and preference for our solutions.

We utilize direct sales and marketing resources in Japan, China and Taiwan. In addition to sales and marketing representatives, we have field application
engineers who provide technical expertise and assistance to manufacturing customers on final product development.

Our global distribution channel is multi-tiered and involves both indirect and direct distribution channels.

Indirect Distribution Channels

• We have indirect distribution relationships through our distributors. Distributors are resellers in local markets who provide engineering support
and stock our semiconductors in direct relation to specific manufacturing customer orders. Our distributors often have valuable and established
relationships  with  our  end  customers,  and  in  certain  countries  it  is  customary  to  sell  to  distributors.  While  a  distributor's  payment  to  us  is  not
dependent upon the distributor’s ability to resell the product or to collect from the end customer, our distributors may provide longer payment
terms to end customers than those we would offer. Sales to distributors accounted for 66% and 57% of revenue in 2023 and 2022 respectively.

One of our distributors, Upstar Technology Limited represented more than 10% of revenue in each of 2023 and 2022, and accounted for more than 10% of
accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Another distributor, Tokyo Electron Device Ltd. accounted for more than 10% of
revenue in 2022 and more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2022. No other distributor accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 2023
and 2022 or represented more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

Direct Distribution Channels

We have direct distributor relationships in Japan, China and Taiwan.

• We  have  established  direct  relationships  with  companies  that  manufacture  high-end  display  systems.  Revenue  through  direct  relationships

accounted for 34% and 43% of total revenue in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We have direct relationships with companies falling into the following three classifications:

Integrators. Integrators are OEMs who build display devices based on specifications provided by branded suppliers.

Branded Manufacturers.  Branded  manufacturers  are  globally  recognized  manufacturers  who  develop  display  device  specifications  and
manufacture, market and distribute display devices either directly or through resellers to end-users.

Branded Suppliers. Branded suppliers are globally recognized suppliers who develop display device specifications and then source them
from integrators, typically in Asia, and distribute them either directly or through resellers to end-users.

•

•

•

End Customers

Revenue attributable to our top five end customers together represented 87% and 76% of revenue in 2023 and 2022, respectively. End customers include
customers who purchase directly from us as well as customers who purchase products indirectly through distributors. Sales to Seiko Epson Corporation
represented more than 10% of revenue in each of 2023 and 2022, and accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 and
2022. Sales to Guangdong OPPO Mobile Telecommunications Corporation, Ltd. accounted for more than 10% of revenue in each of 2023 and 2022. Sales
to Vivo Communication Technology Co. Ltd. represented more than 10% of revenue in 2022. Vecima Networks represented more than 10% of accounts
receivable as of December 31, 2022. No other end customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 2023 or 2022 or represented more than 10% of
accounts receivable as of December 31, 2023 or 2022.

13

TrueCut Products

The sales and marketing of our TrueCut products differs in approach from that of our IC products. The TrueCut platform includes a mix of services and
licensing that is targeted at all levels of the creation, finishing, and distribution of cinematic or streaming digital video. For our TrueCut Motion content
creation tools we seek to work directly with filmmakers, providing motion grading services, or the tools are also available for license. For content finishing,
specific to certain displays, TrueCut Motion will pre-process the content in order to ensure playback according to the original creative intent. For display
makers and brands, we provide the certification services, support, and IP licensing necessary to play back TrueCut Motion processed content, and the right
to use the TrueCut Motion brand. We do not use distributors for our TrueCut products. Revenue from our TrueCut products is thus far not material, and
therefore we include all such revenue in our Engineering services, license and other category for the Mobile market.

Seasonality

Our business is subject to seasonality related to the markets we serve and the location of our customers. We have typically experienced higher revenue from
the digital projector component of the Home & Enterprise market in the third quarter, and lower revenue in the first quarter, as our Japanese customers
reduce inventories in anticipation of their March 31 fiscal year end. We have typically experienced higher revenue from the mobile market in the fourth
quarter, and lower revenue in the first quarter, as mobile phone OEMs ramp production in advance of Chinese New Year.

Geographic Distribution of Sales

Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 99.7% and 95.1% of revenue in 2023 and 2022 respectively.

Financial  information  regarding  our  domestic  and  foreign  operations  is  presented  in  "Note  13.  Segment  Information"  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

Backlog

Our sales are made pursuant to customer purchase orders for delivery of standard products. The volume of product actually purchased by our customers, as
well as shipment schedules, are subject to frequent revisions that reflect changes in both the customers’ needs and product availability. In light of industry
practice and our own experience, we do not believe that backlog as of any particular date is indicative of future results.

Competition

The vast majority of our revenue is derived from sales of integrated circuits within the intensely competitive semiconductor industry. Further, the markets
for higher performance display and projection devices, including the markets for mobile devices, digital projectors and other applications demanding high
quality video, are characterized by rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, compressed product life cycles and declining average selling
prices. We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include product performance, time to market, cost, functional versatility provided by
software, customer relationships and reputation, patented innovative designs, levels of product integration, compliance with industry standards and system
design cost. We believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors.

Our current products face competition from developers of application processors and specialized display controllers designed by merchant chip vendors,
our customers, potential customers and display panel vendors. Additionally, new alternative display processing technologies and industry standards may
emerge that compete with technologies we offer.

We also compete with specialized and diversified electronics and semiconductor companies that offer display processors or scaling components including:
Actions  Microelectronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  ARM  Holdings  PLC,  Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.,  EGiS  Technology  Inc.,  HiSilicon  Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  i-Chips
Technology  Inc.,  Lattice  Semiconductor  Corporation,  MediaTek  Inc.,  Novatek  Microelectronics  Corp.,  NVIDIA  Corporation,  Qualcomm  Incorporated,
Realtek Semiconductor Corp., Socionext Inc., Solomon Systech (International) Ltd., STMicroelectronics N.V., Sunplus Technology Co., Ltd., Synaptics
Incorporated,  Texas  Instruments  Incorporated,  Unisoc  Communications,  Inc.,  and  other  companies.  Potential  and  current  competitors  may  include
diversified semiconductor manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers, including: Apple Inc., Broadcom Inc., LG
Electronics, Inc., MegaChips Corporation, Mitsubishi Digital Electronics America, Inc., NEC Corporation, Panasonic Corporation, Samsung Electronics
Co., Ltd., Socionext Inc., ON Semiconductor Corporation, Seiko Epson Corporation, Sharp Corporation, Sony Group Corporation, and Toshiba America,
Inc. In addition, start-up companies may seek to compete in our markets.

14

Although  TrueCut  Motion  is  the  first  motion  grading  solution  for  the  cinematic  market,  competitive  solutions  could  arise  rapidly.  These  competitive
solutions could come from several sources, including companies that provide solutions for other post-processing needs (such as Dolby Laboratories, Inc.,
Epic Games, Inc., Unity Technologies, Adobe Inc., Soluciones Gráficas por Ordenador S.L. (SGO), The Foundry Visionmongers Limited, and Autodesk,
Inc.)  as  well  as  visual  effects  studios  that  use  digital  effects  to  reduce  artifacts  before  they  are  created  (such  as  Wētā  FX,  DNEG  Plc,  Pixar  Animation
Studios, Digital Domain, and Industrial Light & Magic (ILM)). We believe that we would compete favorably with respect to these potential competitive
solutions and services in terms of cost, price, functionality, efficiency, patented methods, and time to market.

Research and Development

Research  and  development  efforts  are  focused  on  the  development  of  our  solutions  for  the  Mobile,  Home  &  Enterprise  and  Cinema  markets.  Our
development  efforts  are  focused  on  pursuing  higher  levels  of  video  performance,  integration  and  new  features  in  order  to  provide  our  customers  with
solutions that enable them to introduce market leading products and help lower final systems costs.

We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, significant resources in research and development activities. Our research and development expenses
were $30.9 million and $30.5 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. During 2023 and 2022, we received reimbursements related to a co-development
arrangement  with  a  customer  for  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  our  development  of  an  IC  product.  As  a  result  of  the  reimbursements,  our  overall
research and development expense was reduced by $3.2 million and $4.3 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Manufacturing

Within  the  semiconductor  industry  we  are  known  as  a  "fabless"  company,  meaning  that  we  do  not  manufacture  the  semiconductors  that  we  design  and
develop, but instead contract with a limited number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished
products. The fabless approach allows us to concentrate our resources on product design and development where we believe we have greater competitive
advantages.

See "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on risks related to our manufacturing strategy and processes.

Our TrueCut products do not require manufacturing, since they are based on IP, software, and services.    

Intellectual Property

We use a combination of nondisclosure agreements and patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to protect the algorithms, design and architecture
of  our  technology.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  held  280  patents  and  have  18  patent  applications  pending,  compared  to  291  patents  and  17  patent
applications pending as of December 31, 2022. The patents we hold relate generally to improvements in the visual display of digital image data including,
but not limited to, improvements in image scaling, image correction, automatic image optimization and video signal processing for digital displays, and in
large part, are implemented in our core technologies and products. Our U.S. and foreign patents are generally enforceable for 20 years from the date they
were filed. Accordingly, our issued patents have from approximately 1 to 16 years remaining in their respective term, depending on their filing dates. We
believe that the remaining term of our patents is adequate relative to the expected lives of our related products.

We  intend  to  seek  patent  protection  for  other  significant  technologies  that  we  have  already  developed  and  expect  to  seek  patent  protection  for  future
products and technologies as necessary. Patents may not be issued as a result of any pending applications and any claims allowed under issued patents may
be insufficiently broad to protect our technology. Existing or future patents may be invalidated, diluted, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others.
Furthermore, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including various countries in
Asia, may not protect our products or intellectual property rights in the same manner and to the same extent as do the laws of the U.S. and, thus, make the
possibility of piracy of our technology and products more likely in these countries.

15

The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection of intellectual property rights, which have resulted in significant and often protracted
and  expensive  litigation.  We,  our  customers  or  our  foundries  from  time  to  time  may  be  notified  of  claims  that  we  may  be  infringing  patents  or  other
intellectual property rights owned by third parties. Litigation by or against us relating to patent infringement or other intellectual property matters could
result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination
favorable to us. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease the manufacture, use and
sale of infringing products, expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology, discontinue the use of certain processes or obtain licenses to
the infringing technology. We may not be able to settle any alleged patent infringement claim through a cross-licensing arrangement. In the event any third
party made a valid claim against us, our customers or our foundries, and a license was not made available to us on terms that are acceptable to us or at all,
we would be adversely affected.

See  "Risk  Factors"  in  Part  I,  Item  1A,  and  "Note  10.  Commitments  and  Contingencies"  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for
information on various risks related to intellectual property.

Environmental Matters

Environmental  laws  and  regulations  are  complex,  change  frequently  and  have  tended  to  become  more  stringent  over  time.  We  have  incurred,  and  may
continue  to  incur,  significant  expenditures  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  and  we  may  incur  additional  capital  expenditures  and  asset
impairments to ensure that our products and our vendors’ products are in compliance with these regulations. We would be subject to significant penalties
for failure to comply with these laws and regulations.

See "Risk Factors" in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information on various environmental risks.

Employees

As of December 31, 2023, we had a total of 239 employees, the majority of which were full-time, compared to 222 employees as of December 31, 2022.

Corporate Information

Pixelworks was founded in 1997 and is incorporated under the laws of the state of Oregon. Our stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the
symbol "PXLW".

Availability of Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

We make available through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to
those  reports  and  any  filings  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  free  of  charge  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable  after  we  electronically  file  or  furnish  such  material  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC").  Our  Internet  address  is
www.pixelworks.com. The content on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Our committee charters
and codes of ethics are also available free of charge on our website.

The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, if any, or other filings filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and proxy and
information statements.

16

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

The following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and the trading price of our common
stock  could  decline.  These  risk  factors  do  not  identify  all  of  the  risks  that  we  face.  Our  business  operations  could  also  be  affected  by  factors  that  we
currently  consider  to  be  immaterial  or  that  are  unknown  to  us  at  the  present  time.  Investors  should  also  refer  to  the  other  information  contained  or
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, including our consolidated financial statements and
related notes, and our other filings made from time to time with the SEC.

Risks Related to the Global Economy

The continued uncertain global economic environment and volatility in global credit, banking and financial markets could materially and adversely
affect our business and results of operations.

The state of the global economy continues to be uncertain. Additionally, recent high-profile global business failures, such as the court-ordered liquidation
of Chinese property developer Evergrande Group, have caused general uncertainty and concern regarding the health of the economy of China, which is a
major market for our products. As a result, we or our manufacturers, vendors and customers might experience deterioration of our or their businesses, cash
flow shortages and difficulty obtaining financing, which could result in interruptions or delays in the performance of any contracts, reductions and delays in
customer  purchases,  delays  in  or  the  inability  of  the  Company  or  our  customers  to  obtain  financing  or  of  our  customers  to  purchase  our  products,  and
bankruptcy of customers. Furthermore, the constraints in the capital and credit markets, may limit our ability to access the capital we need when we need it,
on favorable terms or otherwise, or limit the ability of our customers to meet their liquidity needs, which could result in an impairment of their ability to
make timely payments to us and reduce their demand for our products, adversely impacting our results of operations and cash flows. This environment has
also made it difficult for us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities.

Company Specific Risks

If we fail to meet the evolving needs of our markets, identify new products, services or technologies, or successfully compete in our target markets, our
revenue and financial results will be adversely impacted.

Pixelworks  designs,  develops  and  markets  visual  processing  and  advanced  media  processing  solutions  for  the  Mobile,  Home  &  Enterprise  and  Cinema
markets. Our  success  depends  to  a  significant  extent  on  our  ability  to  meet  the  evolving  needs  of  these  markets  and  to  enhance  our  existing  products,
solutions and technologies. In addition, our success depends on our ability to identify emerging industry trends and to develop new products, solutions and
technologies. Our existing markets and products and new markets and products may require a considerable investment of technical, financial, compliance,
sales and marketing resources.

We cannot assure you that our strategic direction will result in innovative products and technologies that provide value to our customers and partners. If we
fail to anticipate the changing needs of our target markets and emerging technology trends, or adapt that strategy as market conditions evolve, in a timely
manner to exploit potential market opportunities our business will be harmed. In addition, if demand for products and solutions from these markets is below
our  expectations,  if  we  fail  to  achieve  consumer  or  market  acceptance  of  them  or  if  we  are  not  able  to  develop  these  products  and  solutions  in  a  cost
effective or efficient manner, we may not realize benefits from our strategy.

Our  target  markets  remain  extremely  competitive,  and  we  expect  competition  to  intensify  as  current  competitors  expand  their  product  and/or  service
offerings, industry standards continue to evolve and new competitors enter these markets. If we are unable to successfully compete in our target markets,
demand for our products, solutions and technologies could decrease, which would cause our revenue to decline and our financial results to suffer.

17

Our  product  strategy,  which  is  targeted  at  markets  demanding  superior  video  and  digital  image  quality  as  well  as  efficient  video  delivery,  may  not
address the demands of our target customers and may not lead to increased revenue in a timely manner or at all, which could materially adversely
affect our results of operations and limit our ability to grow.

We  have  adopted  a  product  strategy  that  focuses  on  our  core  competencies  in  visual  display  processing  and  delivering  high  levels  of  video  and  digital
image quality. With this strategy, we continue to make further investments in the development of our image processor architecture for the projector market,
with  particular  focus  on  adding  increased  performance  and  functionality.  For  the  mobile  device  market,  our  strategy  focuses  on  implementing  our
intellectual property ("IP") to improve the video performance of our customers’ image processors through the use of our MotionEngine® advanced video
co-processor  integrated  circuits.  This  strategy  is  designed  to  address  the  needs  of  the  high-resolution  and  high-quality  segment  of  these  markets.  Such
markets may not develop or may take longer to develop than we expect. We cannot assure you that the products we are developing will adequately address
the demands of our target customers, or that we will be able to produce our new products at costs that enable us to price these products competitively.

Achieving design wins involves lengthy competitive selection processes that require us to incur significant expenditures prior to generating any revenue
or without any guarantee of any revenue related to this business. If we fail to generate revenue after incurring substantial expenses to develop our
products, our business and operating results would suffer.

We must achieve "design wins" that enable us to sell our semiconductor solutions for use in our customers’ products. These competitive selection processes
typically are lengthy and can require us to incur significant research and development expenditures and dedicate scarce engineering resources in pursuit of
a  single  customer  opportunity.  We  may  not  achieve  a  design  win  and  may  never  generate  any  revenue  despite  incurring  significant  research  and
development  expenditures.  This  could  cause  us  to  lose  revenue  and  require  us  to  write  off  obsolete  inventory  and  could  weaken  our  position  in  future
competitive selection processes. Even if our product strategy is properly targeted, we cannot assure you that the products we are developing will lead to an
increase in revenue from new design wins. To achieve design wins, we must design and deliver cost-effective, innovative and integrated semiconductors
that  overcome  the  significant  costs  associated  with  qualifying  a  new  supplier  and  which  make  developers  reluctant  to  change  component
sources. Additionally, potential developers may be unwilling to select our products due to concerns over our financial strength. Further, design wins do not
necessarily  result  in  developers  ordering  large  volumes  of  our  products.  Developers  can  choose  at  any  time  to  discontinue  using  our  products  in  their
designs or product development efforts. A design win is not a binding commitment by a developer to purchase our products, but rather a decision by a
developer to use our products in its design process. Even if our products are chosen to be incorporated into a developer’s products, we may still not realize
significant  revenue  from  the  developer  if  its  products  are  not  commercially  successful  or  it  chooses  to  qualify,  or  incorporate  the  products,  of  a  second
source. Additionally, even if our product strategy is successful at achieving design wins and increasing our revenue, we may continue to incur operating
losses due to the significant research and development costs that are required to develop competitive products for the projection market and mobile market.

System  security  and  data  protection  breaches,  as  well  as  cyber-attacks,  could  disrupt  our  operations,  reduce  our  expected  revenue  and  increase  our
expenses, which could adversely affect our stock price and damage our reputation.

Security breaches, computer malware and cyber-attacks have become more prevalent and sophisticated in recent years. These attacks have occurred on our
systems  in  the  past  and  are  expected  to  occur  in  the  future.  Experienced  computer  programmers,  hackers  and  employees  may  be  able  to  penetrate  our
security controls and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information, or that of our employees or third parties. These attacks may create system
disruptions or cause shutdowns. For portions of our IT infrastructure, including business management and communication software products, we rely on
products and services provided by third parties. These providers may also experience breaches and attacks to their products which may impact our systems.
Data security breaches may also result from non-technical means, such as actions by an employee with access to our systems.

Actual or perceived breaches of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure or unapproved dissemination of proprietary information
or sensitive or confidential data about us, our partners, our customers or third parties could expose the parties affected to a risk of loss, or misuse of this
information,  resulting  in  litigation  and  potential  liability,  damage  to  our  brand  and  reputation  or  other  harm  to  our  business.  Our  efforts  to  prevent  and
overcome these challenges could increase our expenses and may not be successful. We may experience interruptions, delays, cessation of service and loss
of existing or potential customers. Such disruptions could adversely impact our ability to fulfill orders and interrupt other critical functions. Delayed sales,
lower margins or lost customers as a result of these disruptions could adversely affect our financial results, stock price and reputation.

18

If  we  fail  to  retain  or  attract  the  specialized  technical  and  management  personnel  required  to  successfully  operate  our  business,  it  could  harm  our
business and may result in lost sales and diversion of management resources.

Our success depends on the continued services of our executive officers and other key management, engineering, and sales and marketing personnel and on
our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. Competition for skilled engineers and management personnel is intense within our
industry, and we may not be successful in hiring and retaining qualified individuals. For example, we have experienced, and may continue to experience,
difficulty and increased compensation expense in order to hire and retain qualified engineering personnel in our Shanghai design center. The loss of, or
inability to hire, key personnel could limit our ability to develop new products and adapt existing products to our customers’ requirements, and may result
in  lost  sales  and  a  diversion  of  management  resources.  Any  transition  in  our  senior  management  team  may  involve  a  diversion  of  resources  and
management  attention,  be  disruptive  to  our  daily  operations  or  impact  public  or  market  perception,  any  of  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our
business or stock price.

We  may  not  fully  realize  the  estimated  savings  from  our  restructurings  in  a  timely  manner  or  at  all,  and  our  restructuring  programs  may  result  in
business disruptions and decrease productivity. Any of the foregoing would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

From  time  to  time,  we  may  have  the  need  to  execute  restructuring  plans  to  make  the  operation  of  the  Company  more  efficient.  We  may  not  be  able  to
implement our restructuring programs as planned, and we may need to take additional measures to fulfill the objectives of our restructuring. The anticipated
expenses associated with our restructuring programs may differ from or exceed our expectations, and we might not be able to realize the full amount of
estimated savings from the restructuring programs in a timely manner or at all. Additionally, our restructuring plans may result in business disruptions or
decreases in productivity. As a result, our restructuring plans could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

We have significantly fewer financial resources than most of our competitors, which limits our ability to implement new products or enhancements to
our current products and may require us to implement additional future restructuring plans, which in turn could adversely affect our future sales and
financial condition.

Financial resource constraints could limit our ability to execute our product strategy or require us to implement additional restructuring plans, particularly if
we  are  unable  to  generate  sufficient  cash  from  operations  or  obtain  additional  sources  of  financing.  Any  future  restructuring  actions  may  slow  our
development of new or enhanced products by limiting our research and development and engineering activities. Our cash balances are also lower than those
of our competitors, which may limit our ability to develop competitive new products on a timely basis or at all. If we are unable to successfully introduce
new or enhanced products, our sales, operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected.

If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to continue our operations.

We have incurred operating losses each fiscal year since 2010 and have an accumulated deficit of $477.0 million as of December 31, 2023. If and when we
achieve  profitability  depends  upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  our  ability  to  develop  and  market  innovative  products,  accurately  estimate  inventory
needs, contract effectively for manufacturing capacity and maintain sufficient funds to finance our activities. We cannot assure our investors that we will
ever achieve annual profitability, or that we will be able to maintain profitability if achieved. If we are not profitable in the future, we may be unable to
continue our operations.

19

A significant amount of our revenue comes from a limited number of customers and distributors and from time to time we may enter into exclusive
deals  with  customers,  exposing  us  to  increased  credit  risk  and  subjecting  our  cash  flow  to  the  risk  that  any  of  our  customers  or  distributors  could
decrease or cancel their orders.

The display manufacturing market is highly concentrated and we are, and will continue to be, dependent on a limited number of customers and distributors
for a substantial portion of our revenue. Sales to our top distributor represented 48% and 29% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022,
respectively. If any of our distributors ceases to do business with us, it may be difficult for us to find adequate replacements, and even if we do, it may take
some time. The loss of any of our top distributors could negatively affect our results of operations. Additionally, revenue attributable to our top five end
customers represented 87% and 76% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, we had two
accounts that each represented 10% or more of accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2022, we had four accounts that each represented 10% or more of
accounts  receivable.  All  of  the  orders  included  in  our  backlog  are  cancelable.  A  reduction,  delay  or  cancellation  of  orders  from  one  or  more  of  our
significant  customers,  or  a  decision  by  one  or  more  of  our  significant  customers  to  select  products  manufactured  by  a  competitor  or  to  use  its  own
internally-developed semiconductors, would significantly and negatively impact our revenue. Further, the concentration of our accounts receivable with a
limited  number  of  customers  increases  our  credit  risk.  The  failure  of  these  customers  to  pay  their  balances,  or  any  customer  to  pay  future  outstanding
balances, would result in an operating expense and reduce our cash flows.

We generally do not have long-term purchase commitments from our customers and if our customers cancel or change their purchase commitments,
our revenue and operating results could suffer.

Substantially all of our sales to date have been made on a purchase order basis. We generally do not have long-term commitments with our customers. As a
result, our customers may cancel, change or delay product purchase commitments, which could cause our revenue to decline and materially and adversely
affect our results of operations.

Our revenue and operating results can fluctuate from period to period, which could cause our share price to decline.

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate from period to period in the future due to a variety of factors, many of
which are beyond our control. Factors that may contribute to these fluctuations include those described in this "Risk Factors" section of this report, such as
the timing, changes in or cancellation of orders by customers, market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products and the timing and extent of
product  development  costs. Additionally,  our  business  is  subject  to  seasonality  related  to  the  markets  we  serve  and  the  location  of  our  customers.  For
example, we have historically experienced higher revenue from the projector market in the third quarter of the year, and lower revenue in the first quarter of
the year. As a result of these and other factors, the results of any prior quarterly or annual periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future
revenue or operating performance. Fluctuations in our revenue and operating results could cause our share price to decline.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and are forced to seek additional financing alternatives, or in the event we acquire or make
an  investment  in  companies  that  complement  our  business,  our  working  capital  may  be  adversely  affected  and  our  shareholders  may  experience
dilution or our operations may be impaired.

We may be unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities and would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents
to support our working capital and other cash requirements. Additionally, from time to time, we may evaluate acquisitions of, or investments in, businesses,
products  or  technologies  that  complement  our  business.  Any  transactions,  if  consummated,  may  consume  a  material  portion  of  our  working  capital  or
require the issuance of equity securities that may result in dilution to existing shareholders.

In addition, any proceeds received by PWSH, one of our Chinese subsidiaries, from the private placement of shares (including the transaction that closed in
August of 2021) or in connection with the future potential listing of PWSH shares on the STAR Market in Shanghai, are subject to certain PRC laws and
regulations that may make it difficult, if not impossible, to use such proceeds to fund those operations of Pixelworks that are not part of PWSH. As a result,
it is unlikely that funds raised or generated by PWSH will be readily distributable to Pixelworks.

If additional funds are required to support our working capital requirements, acquisitions or other purposes, we may seek to raise funds through debt and
equity financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership
of our shareholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing
shareholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of those financing arrangements may include negative covenants
or  other  restrictions  on  our  business  that  could  impair  our  operating  flexibility,  and  would  also  require  us  to  incur  interest  expense.  We  can  provide  no
assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

20

We  license  our  intellectual  property,  which  exposes  us  to  risks  of  infringement  or  misappropriation,  and  may  cause  fluctuations  in  our  operating
results.

We  have  licensed  certain  intellectual  property  to  third  parties  and  may  enter  into  additional  license  arrangements  in  the  future.  We  cannot  assure  you,
however, that others will be interested in licensing our intellectual property on commercially favorable terms or at all. We also cannot ensure that licensees
will honor agreed-upon market restrictions, not infringe upon or misappropriate our intellectual property or maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary
information.

IP  license  agreements  are  complex  and  earning  and  recognizing  revenue  under  these  agreements  depends  upon  many  factors,  including  completion  of
milestones, allocation of values to delivered items and customer acceptances. Many of these factors require significant judgments. Also, generating revenue
from these arrangements is a lengthy and complex process that may last beyond the period in which efforts begin and, once an agreement is in place, the
timing of revenue recognition may depend on events such as customer acceptance of deliverables, achievement of milestones, our ability to track and report
progress  on  contracts,  customer  commercialization  of  the  licensed  technology  and  other  factors,  any  or  all  of  which  may  or  may  not  be  achieved.  The
accounting rules associated with recognizing revenue from these transactions are complex and subject to interpretation. Due to these factors, the amount of
licensing revenue recognized in any period, if any, and our results of operations, may differ significantly from our expectations.

Finally, because licensing revenue typically has a higher margin compared to product sales, licensing revenue can have a disproportionate impact on our
gross profit and results of operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain a consistent level of licensing revenue or mix of licensing
revenue and revenue from product sales, which could result in wide fluctuations in our results of operations from period to period, making it difficult to
accurately measure the performance of our business.

Our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited or they may expire before utilization.

As of December 31, 2023, we had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $154.5 million, $16.3 million, and $89.0
million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2024. These net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income and thereby
reduce our income taxes otherwise payable. However, we cannot assure you that we will have taxable income in the future before all or a portion of these
net operating loss carryforwards expire. Additionally, our federal net operating losses may be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), which imposes an annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its net operating loss
carryforwards to reduce its tax liability. An ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% shareholders
in any three-year period. In the event of certain changes in our shareholder base, we may at some time in the future experience an "ownership change" and
the use of our federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited. In addition, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "TCJA"), limits the deduction for net
operating loss carryforwards to 80 percent of taxable income for losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020.

21

We face a number of risks as a result of the concentration of our operations and customers in Asia.

Many of our customers are located in Japan, China, or Taiwan. Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 99.7% and 95.1% of revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We anticipate that sales outside the U.S. will continue to account for a substantial portion of our
revenue in future periods. In addition, customers who incorporate our products into their products sell a substantial portion of their products outside of the
U.S. All of our products are also manufactured outside of the U.S. and most of our current manufacturers are located in Taiwan. Furthermore, most of our
employees are located in China, Japan and Taiwan. Our Asian operations require significant management attention and resources, and we are subject to
many risks associated with operations in Asia, including, but not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

outbreaks of health epidemics in China or other parts of Asia, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

difficulties in managing international distributors and manufacturers due to varying time zones, languages and business customs;

compliance with U.S. laws affecting operations outside of the U.S., such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

reduced or limited protection of our IP, particularly in software, which is more prone to design piracy;

difficulties in collecting outstanding accounts receivable balances;

changes in tax rates, tax laws and the interpretation of those laws;

difficulties regarding timing and availability of export and import licenses;

ensuring that we obtain complete and accurate information from our Asian operations to make proper disclosures in the United States;

political and economic instability and tensions, including tensions between China and each of the U.S., Taiwan and Japan;

difficulties in maintaining sales representatives outside of the U.S. that are knowledgeable about our industry and products;

changes in the regulatory environment in China, Japan and Taiwan that may significantly impact purchases of our products by our customers or
our customers’ sales of their own products;

imposition of new tariffs, quotas, trade barriers and similar trade restrictions on our sales;

varying employment and labor laws; and

greater vulnerability to infrastructure and labor disruptions than in established markets.

Any of these factors could require a disproportionate share of management’s attention, result in increased costs or decreased revenues, and could materially
affect our product sales, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations in Asia expose us to heightened risks due to natural disasters.

The risk of natural disasters in the Pacific Rim region is significant. Natural disasters in countries where our manufacturers or customers are located could
result in disruption of our manufacturers’ and customers’ operations, resulting in significant delays in shipment of, or significant reductions in orders for,
our products. There can be no assurance that we can locate additional manufacturing capacity or markets on favorable terms, or find new customers, in a
timely manner, if at all. Natural disasters in this region could also result in:

•

•

•

•

reduced end user demand due to the economic impact of any natural disaster;

a disruption to the global supply chain for products manufactured in areas affected by natural disasters that are included in products purchased
either by us or by our customers;

an increase in the cost of products that we purchase due to reduced supply; and

other unforeseen impacts as a result of the uncertainty resulting from a natural disaster.

22

Our international operations expose us to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies.

We are exposed to risks resulting from the fluctuations of foreign currencies, primarily those of Japan, Taiwan, China and Canada. We sell our products to
OEMs that incorporate our products into other products that they sell outside of the U.S. While sales of our products to OEMs are denominated in U.S.
dollars,  the  products  sold  by  OEMs  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  Accordingly,  any  strengthening  of  the  U.S.  dollar  against  these  foreign
currencies will increase the foreign currency price equivalent of our products, which could lead to a change in the competitive nature of these products in
the marketplace. This, in turn, could lead to a reduction in revenue.

In addition, a portion of our operating expenses, such as employee salaries and foreign income taxes, are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly,
our  operating  results  are  affected  by  changes  in  the  exchange  rate  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  those  currencies.  Any  future  strengthening  of  those
currencies against the U.S. dollar will negatively impact our operating results by increasing our operating expenses as measured in U.S. dollars.

Our cash reserves (including those of PWSH) may be held in part in foreign currencies in amounts that could materially impact the value of those reserves
if the U.S. dollar strengthens or weakens against such currencies. In such an event, the corresponding income or expense that is dictated by U.S. GAAP
accounting may impact our financial results.

We may engage in financial hedging techniques in the future as part of a strategy to address potential foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. These
hedging techniques, however, may not be successful at reducing our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and may increase costs and
administrative complexity.

Failure to comply with anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and anti-money laundering laws could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We  are  subject  to  the  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act  ("FCPA")  and  other  anti-corruption,  anti-bribery  and  anti-money  laundering  laws  in  various
jurisdictions.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  leverage  third  parties  to  help  conduct  our  businesses  abroad.  We  and  our  third-party  intermediaries  may  have
direct  or  indirect  interactions  with  officials  and  employees  of  government  agencies  or  state-owned  or  affiliated  entities  and  may  be  held  liable  for  the
corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party business partners and intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, channel partners, and
agents,  even  if  we  do  not  explicitly  authorize  such  activities.  While  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  address  compliance  with  such  laws,  we  cannot
assure you that all of our employees and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held
responsible. Any violation of the FCPA or other applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower
complaints,  adverse  media  coverage,  investigations,  loss  of  export  privileges,  severe  criminal  or  civil  sanctions,  or  suspension  or  debarment  from  U.S.
government contracts, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our reported financial results may be materially and adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United Sates are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), the SEC,
and  various  bodies  formed  to  promulgate  and  interpret  appropriate  accounting  principles.  A  change  in  these  principles  or  interpretations  could  have  a
significant  effect  on  our  reported  financial  results  and  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  transactions  completed  before  the  announcement  of  a
change. Additionally, the adoption of new or revised accounting principles may require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and
controls.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy
and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and
completeness of our financial reports. For example, in the second quarter of 2019, we identified a material weakness in our internal controls over financial
reporting related to the review of aged liabilities for possible extinguishment due to the expiration of the statute of limitation, which was remediated as of
December 31, 2019. Additionally, if any new internal control procedures which may be adopted or our existing internal control procedures are deemed
inadequate, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in our disclosure controls or internal controls over financial reporting in the future, we will be
unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to do so, or if our auditors are unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal
controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to
decline.

23

As  we  have  limited  insurance  coverage,  any  incurred  liability  resulting  from  uncovered  claims  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and
results of operations.

Our insurance policies may not be adequate to fully offset losses from covered incidents, and we do not have coverage for certain losses. For example, we
do  not  have  earthquake  insurance  related  to  our  Asian  operations  because  adequate  coverage  is  not  offered  at  economically  justifiable  rates.  If  our
insurance coverage is inadequate to protect us against catastrophic losses, any uncovered losses could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.

Our dependence on selling to distributors and integrators increases the complexity of managing our supply chain and may result in excess inventory or
inventory shortages.

Selling to distributors and OEMs that build display devices based on specifications provided by branded suppliers, also referred to as integrators, reduces
our ability to forecast sales accurately and increases the complexity of our business. Our sales are generally made on the basis of customer purchase orders
rather than long-term purchase commitments. Our distributors, integrators and customers may cancel or defer purchase orders at any time, but we must
order wafer inventory from our contract manufacturers three to four months in advance.

The estimates we use for our advance orders from contract manufacturers are based, in part, on reports of inventory levels and production forecasts from
our distributors and integrators, which act as intermediaries between us and the companies using our products. This process requires us to make numerous
assumptions concerning demand and to rely on the accuracy of the reports and forecasts of our distributors and integrators, each of which may introduce
error into our estimates of inventory requirements. Our failure to manage this challenge could result in excess inventory or inventory shortages that could
materially impact our operating results or limit the ability of companies using our semiconductors to deliver their products. If we overestimate demand for
our  products,  it  could  lead  to  significant  charges  for  obsolete  inventory.  On  the  other  hand,  if  we  underestimate  demand,  we  could  forego  revenue
opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships.

We may be unable to successfully manage any future growth, including the integration of any acquisition or equity investment, which could disrupt our
business and severely harm our financial condition.

If we fail to effectively manage any future internal growth, our operating expenses may increase more rapidly than our revenue, adversely affecting our
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  To  manage  any  future  growth  effectively  in  a  rapidly  evolving  market,  we  must  be  able  to  maintain  and
improve our operational and financial systems, train and manage our employee base and attract and retain qualified personnel with relevant experience. We
could spend substantial amounts of time and money in connection with expansion efforts for which we may not realize any profit. Our systems, procedures,
controls or financial resources may not be adequate to support our operations and we may not be able to grow quickly enough to exploit potential market
opportunities.  In  addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  successfully  integrate  the  businesses,  products,  technologies  or  personnel  of  any  entity  that  we  might
acquire in the future, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition. The successful integration of any acquired business as well
as the retention of personnel may require significant attention from our management and could divert resources from our existing business, which in turn
could have an adverse effect on our business operations. Acquired assets or businesses may not achieve the anticipated benefits we expect due to a number
of factors including: unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with such acquisition, including in the case of acquisitions we may make outside of the
United States, difficulty in operating in foreign countries or complying with foreign regulatory requirements, incurrence of acquisition-related costs, harm
to our relationships with existing customers as a result of such acquisition, harm to our brand and reputation, the loss of key employees in the acquired
businesses, use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business, and use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate any such
acquisition. Any failure to successfully integrate any entity we may acquire or any failure to achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition could
disrupt our business and seriously harm our financial condition.

Continued compliance with regulatory and accounting requirements will be challenging and will require significant resources.

We spend a significant amount of management time and external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate
governance  and  public  disclosure,  including  evolving  SEC  rules  and  regulations,  Nasdaq  Global  Market  rules,  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and
Consumer  Protection  Act  and  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  which  requires  management’s  annual  review  and  evaluation  of  internal  control  over
financial reporting. Failure to comply with these laws and rules could lead to investigation by regulatory authorities, de-listing from the Nasdaq Global
Market, or penalties imposed on us.

24

Regulations related to conflict minerals may adversely impact our business.

The SEC has adopted disclosure and reporting rules intended to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known
as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC") and adjoining countries. These rules require us to conduct a reasonable
inquiry to determine the origin of certain materials used in our products and disclose whether our products use any materials containing conflict minerals
originating  from  the  DRC  and  adjoining  countries.  Since  we  do  not  own  or  operate  a  semiconductor  fabrication  facility  and  do  not  manufacture  our
products internally, we are dependent on the information provided by third-party foundries and production facilities regarding the materials used and the
supply  chains  for  the  materials.  Further,  there  are  costs  associated  with  complying  with  these  rules,  including  costs  incurred  to  conduct  inquiries  to
determine the sources of any materials containing conflict minerals used in our products, to fulfill our reporting requirements and to develop and implement
potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply if it is determined that our products contain or use any conflict minerals from the DRC or
adjoining countries. The implementation of these rules could also affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. For example,
there may only be a limited number of suppliers offering “conflict free” materials and we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary "conflict
free" materials from such suppliers in sufficient quantities or at reasonable prices. In addition, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that any
of our products contain minerals that are not conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all materials containing conflict minerals
used in our products through the procedures we may implement.

Our effective income tax rate is subject to unanticipated changes in, or different interpretations of, tax rules and regulations, and forecasting our
effective income tax rate is complex and subject to uncertainty.

As a global company, we are subject to taxation by a number of taxing authorities and as such, our tax rates vary among the jurisdictions in which we
operate. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes
in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws either in the U.S. or abroad, or by
changes  in  the  valuation  of  our  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The  ultimate  outcomes  of  any  future  tax  audits  are  uncertain,  and  we  can  give  no
assurance as to whether an adverse result from one or more of them would have a material effect on our operating results and financial position.

The  computation  of  income  tax  expense  is  complex  as  it  is  based  on  the  laws  of  numerous  tax  jurisdictions  and  requires  significant  judgment  on  the
application  of  complicated  rules  governing  accounting  for  tax  provisions  under  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Income  tax  expense  for
interim quarters is based on our forecasted tax rate for the year, which includes forward looking financial projections, including the expectations of profit
and loss by jurisdiction, and contains numerous assumptions. For these reasons, our tax rate may be materially different than our forecast.

We rely upon certain critical information systems for the operation of our business, and the failure of any critical information system may result in
serious harm to our business.

We  maintain  and  rely  upon  certain  critical  information  systems  for  the  effective  operation  of  our  business.  These  information  systems  include
telecommunications, the Internet, our corporate intranet, various computer hardware and software applications, network communications and e-mail. These
information systems are subject to attacks, failures and access denials from a number of potential sources including viruses, destructive or inadequate code,
power failures, and physical damage to computers, communication lines and networking equipment. To the extent that these information systems are under
our control, we have implemented security procedures, such as virus protection software and firewall monitoring, to address the outlined risks. Security
procedures for information systems cannot be guaranteed to be failsafe and our inability to use or access these information systems at critical times could
compromise the timely and efficient operation of our business. Additionally, any compromise of our information security could result in the unauthorized
publication of our confidential business or proprietary information, cause an interruption in our operations, result in the unauthorized release of customer or
employee data, result in a violation of privacy or other laws, or expose us to a risk of litigation or damage our reputation, any or all of which could harm
our business and operating results.

Environmental laws and regulations may cause us to incur significant expenditures to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and we may be
assessed considerable penalties for noncompliance.

We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could require us to
incur substantial expenses which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have worked, and will continue to work, with
our suppliers and customers to ensure that our products are compliant with enacted laws and regulations. Failure by us or our contract manufacturers to
comply  with  such  legislation  could  result  in  customers  refusing  to  purchase  our  products  and  could  subject  us  to  significant  monetary  penalties  in
connection with a violation, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

25

Increasing attention on environmental, social and governance ("ESG") matters may have a negative impact on our business, impose additional costs
on us, and expose us to additional risks.

Companies  are  facing  increasing  attention  from  investors,  customers,  partners,  consumers  and  other  stakeholders  relating  to  ESG  matters,  including
environmental  stewardship,  social  responsibility,  diversity  and  inclusion,  racial  justice  and  workplace  conduct.  In  addition,  organizations  that  provide
information to investors on corporate governance and related matters have developed ratings processes for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG
matters. Such ratings are used by some investors to inform their investment and voting decisions. Unfavorable ESG ratings may lead to negative investor
sentiment toward the Company, which could have a negative impact on our stock price and our access to and costs of capital.

We have established corporate social responsibility programs aligned with sound environmental, social and governance principles. These programs reflect
our current initiatives and are not guarantees that we will be able to achieve them. Our ability to successfully execute these initiatives and accurately report
our progress presents numerous operational, financial, legal, reputational and other risks, many of which are outside our control, and all of which could
have a material negative impact on our business. Additionally, the implementation of these initiatives imposes additional costs on us. If our ESG initiatives
fail to satisfy investors, customers, partners and our other stakeholders, our reputation, our ability to sell products and services to customers, our ability to
attract or retain employees, and our attractiveness as an investment, business partner or acquirer could be negatively impacted. Similarly, our failure or
perceived failure to pursue or fulfill our goals, targets and objectives or to satisfy various reporting standards within the timelines we announce, or at all,
could also have similar negative impacts and expose us to government enforcement actions and private litigation.

Company Risks Related to the Semiconductor Industry and Our Markets

Dependence  on  a  limited  number  of  sole-source,  third-party  manufacturers  for  our  products  exposes  us  to  possible  shortages  based  on  low
manufacturing  yield,  errors  in  manufacturing,  uncontrollable  lead-times  for  manufacturing,  capacity  allocation,  price  increases  with  little  notice,
volatile inventory levels and delays in product delivery, any of which could result in delays in satisfying customer demand, increased costs and loss of
revenue.

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture our products internally. We rely on a limited
number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished products. Our wafers are not fabricated at
more than one foundry at any given time and our wafers typically are designed to be fabricated in a specific process at only one foundry. Sole sourcing each
product  increases  our  dependence  on  our  suppliers.  We  have  limited  control  over  delivery  schedules,  quality  assurance,  manufacturing  yields,  potential
errors in manufacturing and production costs. We do not have long-term supply contracts with our third-party manufacturers, so they are not obligated to
supply  us  with  products  for  any  specific  period  of  time,  quantity  or  price,  except  as  may  be  provided  in  a  particular  purchase  order.  Our  suppliers  can
increase  the  prices  of  the  products  we  purchase  from  them  with  little  notice,  which  may  cause  us  to  increase  the  prices  to  our  customers  and  harm  our
competitiveness.  Because  our  requirements  represent  only  a  small  portion  of  the  total  production  capacity  of  our  contract  manufacturers,  they  could
reallocate capacity to other customers during periods of high demand for our products, as they have done in the past. We expect this may occur again in the
future.

Establishing a relationship with a new contract manufacturer in the event of delays or increased prices would be costly and burdensome. The lead time to
make such a change would be at least nine months, and the estimated time for us to adapt a product’s design to a particular contract manufacturer’s process
is at least four months. Additionally, we have chosen, and may continue to choose new foundries to manufacture our wafers which in turn, may require us
to modify our design methodology flow for the process technology and intellectual property cores of the new foundry. If we have to qualify a new foundry
or packaging, assembly and testing supplier for any of our products or if we are unable to obtain our products from our contract manufacturers on schedule,
at costs that are acceptable to us, or at all, we could incur significant delays in shipping products, our ability to satisfy customer demand could be harmed,
our revenue from the sale of products may be lost or delayed and our customer relationships and ability to obtain future design wins could be damaged.

Shortages of materials used in the manufacturing of our products and other key components of our customers’ products may increase our costs, impair
our ability to ship our products on time and delay our ability to sell our products.

We have in the past and may from time-to-time face shortages of components and materials that are critical to the manufacture of our products and our
customers’  products.  Such  critical  components  and  materials  may  include  semiconductor  wafers  and  packages,  double  data  rate  memory  die,  display
components, analog-to-digital converters, digital receivers, video decoders and voltage regulators. These shortages may result in additional costs to us and
we may be unable to ship our products to our customers in a timely fashion, which could harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.

26

Our highly integrated products and high-speed mixed signal products are difficult to manufacture without defects and the existence of defects could
result in increased costs, delays in the availability of our products, reduced sales of products or claims against us.

The manufacture of semiconductors is a complex process and it is often difficult for semiconductor foundries to produce semiconductors free of defects.
Because many of our products are more highly integrated than other semiconductors and incorporate mixed signal analog and digital signal processing,
multi-chip  modules  and  embedded  memory  technology,  they  are  even  more  difficult  to  produce  without  defects.  Defective  products  can  be  caused  by
design or manufacturing difficulties. Identifying quality problems can be performed only by analyzing and testing our semiconductors in a system after
they  have  been  manufactured.  The  difficulty  in  identifying  defects  is  compounded  because  the  process  technology  is  unique  to  each  of  the  multiple
semiconductor foundries we contract with to manufacture our products. Despite testing by both our customers and us, errors or performance problems may
be  found  in  existing  or  new  semiconductors.  Failure  to  achieve  defect-free  products  may  result  in  increased  costs  and  delays  in  the  availability  of  our
products.  Defects  may  also  divert  the  attention  of  our  engineering  personnel  from  our  product  development  efforts  to  find  and  correct  the  issue,  which
would delay our product development efforts.

Additionally, customers could seek damages from us for their losses, and shipments of defective products may harm our reputation with our customers. If a
product  liability  claim  is  brought  against  us,  the  cost  of  defending  the  claim  could  be  significant  and  would  divert  the  efforts  of  our  technical  and
management  personnel  and  harm  our  business.  Further,  our  business  liability  insurance  may  be  inadequate  or  future  coverage  may  be  unavailable  on
acceptable terms, which could adversely impact our financial results.

We experience a small number of semiconductor field failures infrequently in certain customer applications that required us to institute additional testing.
As a result of these field failures, we have incurred warranty costs due to customers returning potentially affected products and have experienced reductions
in revenues due to delays in production. Our customers have also experienced delays in receiving product shipments from us that resulted in the loss of
revenue  and  profits.  Additionally,  shipments  of  defective  products  could  cause  us  to  lose  customers  or  to  incur  significant  replacement  costs,  either  of
which would harm our reputation and our business. Any defects, errors or bugs could also interrupt or delay sales of our new products to our customers,
which would adversely affect our financial results.

The development of new products is extremely complex and we may be unable to develop our new products in a timely manner, which could result in a
failure to obtain new design wins and/or maintain our current revenue levels.

In addition to the inherent difficulty of designing complex integrated circuits, product development delays may result from:

•

•

•

•

•

•

difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary technical personnel;

difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and overcoming resource limitations;

difficulties with contract manufacturers;

changes to product specifications and customer requirements;

changes to market or competitive product requirements; and

unanticipated engineering complexities.

If  we  are  not  successful  in  the  timely  development  of  new  products,  we  may  fail  to  obtain  new  design  wins  and  our  financial  results  will  be  adversely
affected.

Intense competition in our markets may reduce sales of our products, reduce our market share, decrease our gross profit and result in large losses.

We  compete  with  specialized  and  diversified  electronics  and  semiconductor  companies  that  offer  display  processors  or  scaling  components  including:
Actions  Microelectronics  Co.,  Ltd.,  ARM  Holdings  PLC,  Dolby  Laboratories,  Inc.,  EGiS  Technologies,  Inc.,  HiSilicon Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  i-Chips
Technology  Inc.,  Lattice  Semiconductor  Corporation,  MediaTek  Inc.,  Novatek  Microelectronics  Corp.,  NVIDIA  Corporation,  Qualcomm  Incorporated,
Realtek Semiconductor Corp., Socionext Inc., Solomon Systech (International) Ltd., STMicroelectronics N.V., Sunplus Technology Co., Ltd., Synaptics
Incorporated,  Texas  Instruments  Incorporated,  Unisoc  (Shanghai)  Technologies  Co.,  Ltd.,  and  other  companies.  Potential  and  current  competitors  may
include diversified semiconductor manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers, including: Apple Inc., Broadcom
Inc.,  LG  Electronics,  Inc.,  MegaChips  Corporation,  Mitsubishi  Digital  Electronics  America,  Inc.,  NEC  Corporation,  Panasonic  Corporation,  Samsung
Electronics Co., Ltd., Socionext Inc., ON Semiconductor Corporation, Seiko Epson Corporation, Sharp Corporation, Sony Group Corporation, and Toshiba
America, Inc. In addition, start-up companies may seek to compete in our markets.

27

Many  of  our  competitors  have  longer  operating  histories  and  greater  resources  to  support  development  and  marketing  efforts  than  we  do.  Some  of  our
competitors operate their own fabrication facilities. These competitors may be able to react more quickly and devote more resources to efforts that compete
directly  with  our  own.  Additionally,  any  consolidation  in  the  semiconductor  industry  may  impact  our  competitive  position.  Our  current  or  potential
customers have developed, and may continue to develop, their own proprietary technologies and become our competitors. Increased competition from both
competitors  and  our  customers’  internal  development  efforts  could  harm  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  by,  for  example,
increasing pressure on our profit margin or causing us to lose sales opportunities. For example, frame rate conversion technology similar to that used in our
line of MotionEngine® advanced video co-processors continues to be integrated into the SoC and display timing controller products of our competitors. We
cannot assure you that we can compete successfully against current or potential competitors.

Although  our  TrueCut  Motion  product  is  the  first  motion  grading  solution  for  the  cinematic  market,  competitive  solutions  could  arise  rapidly.  These
competitive  solutions  could  come  from  several  sources,  including  companies  that  provide  solutions  for  other  post-processing  needs  (such  as  Dolby
Laboratories,  Inc.,  Epic  Games,  Inc.,  Unity  Technologies,  Adobe  Inc.,  Soluciones  Gráficas  por  Ordenador  S.L.  (SGO),  The  Foundry  Visionmongers
Limited, and Autodesk, Inc.) as well as visual effects studios that use digital effects to reduce artifacts before they are created (such as Wētā FX, DNEG
Plc, Pixar Animation Studios, Digital Domain, and Industrial Light & Magic (ILM)).

If  we  are  not  able  to  respond  to  the  rapid  technological  changes  and  evolving  industry  standards  in  the  markets  in  which  we  compete,  or  seek  to
compete, our products may become less desirable or obsolete.

The  markets  in  which  we  compete  or  seek  to  compete  are  subject  to  rapid  technological  change  and  miniaturization  capabilities,  frequent  new  product
introductions, changing customer requirements for new products and features and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new technologies and
emergence of new industry standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our business and significantly decrease our
revenue.  Examples  include  the  increased  adoption  of  artificial  intelligence  in  visual  processing  systems,  the  growing  use  of  broadband  to  deliver  video
content, increased display resolution and size, faster screen refresh rates, video capability such as High Dynamic Range, the proliferation of new display
devices and the drive to network display devices together. Our failure to predict market needs accurately or to timely develop new competitively priced
products  or  product  enhancements  that  incorporate  new  industry  standards  and  technologies,  including  integrated  circuits  with  increasing  levels  of
integration and new features, using smaller geometry process technologies, may harm market acceptance and sales of our products.

Our products are incorporated into our customers’ products, which have different parts and specifications and utilize multiple protocols that allow them to
be  compatible  with  specific  computers,  video  standards  and  other  devices.  If  our  customers’  products  are  not  compatible  with  these  protocols  and
standards, consumers will return, or not purchase these products and the markets for our customers’ products could be significantly reduced. Additionally,
if the technology used by our customers becomes less competitive due to cost, customer preferences or other factors relative to alternative technologies,
sales of our products could decline.

We use a customer-owned tooling process for manufacturing most of our products, which exposes us to the possibility of poor yields and unacceptably
high product costs.

We  build  most  of  our  products  on  a  customer-owned  tooling  basis,  whereby  we  directly  contract  the  manufacture  of  our  products,  including  wafer
production,  assembly  and  testing.  As  a  result,  we  are  subject  to  increased  risks  arising  from  wafer  manufacturing  yields  and  risks  associated  with
coordination of the manufacturing, assembly and testing process. Poor product yields result in higher product costs, which could make our products less
competitive if we increase our prices to compensate for our higher costs or could result in lower gross profit margins if we do not increase our prices.

We  depend  on  the  manufacturers  of  our  semiconductor  products  not  only  to  respond  to  changes  in  technology  and  industry  standards  but  also  to
continue the manufacturing processes on which we rely.

To  respond  effectively  to  changes  in  technology  and  industry  standards,  we  depend  on  our  contracted  foundries  to  implement  advanced  semiconductor
technologies and our operations could be adversely affected if those technologies are unavailable, delayed or inefficiently implemented. In order to increase
performance and functionality and reduce the size of our products, we are continuously developing new products using advanced technologies that further
miniaturize  semiconductors  and  we  are  dependent  on  our  foundries  to  develop  and  provide  access  to  the  advanced  processes  that  enable  such
miniaturization. We cannot be certain that future advanced manufacturing processes will be implemented without difficulties, delays or increased expenses.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if advanced manufacturing processes are unavailable to
us, substantially delayed or inefficiently implemented.

28

Creating the capacity for new technological changes may cause manufacturers to discontinue older manufacturing processes in favor of newer ones. We
must then either retire the affected part or port (develop) a new version of the part that can be manufactured with a newer process technology. In the event
that a manufacturing process is discontinued, our current suppliers may be unwilling or unable to manufacture our current products. We may not be able to
place last time buy orders for the old technology or find alternate manufacturers of our products to allow us to continue to produce products with the older
technology while we expend the significant costs for research and development and time to migrate to new, more advanced processes.

Because of our long product development process and sales cycles, we may incur substantial costs before we earn associated revenue and ultimately
may not sell as many units of our products as we originally anticipated.

We develop products based on anticipated market and customer requirements and incur substantial product development expenditures, which can include
the payment of large up-front, third-party license fees and royalties, prior to generating the associated revenue. Our work under these projects is technically
challenging and places considerable demands on our limited resources, particularly on our most senior engineering talent. Additionally, the transition to
smaller geometry process technologies continues to significantly increase the cost and complexity of new product development, particularly with regards to
tooling, software tools, third party IP and engineering resources. Because the development of our products incorporates not only our complex and evolving
technology,  but  also  our  customers’  specific  requirements,  a  lengthy  sales  process  is  often  required  before  potential  customers  begin  the  technical
evaluation  of  our  products.  Our  customers  typically  perform  numerous  tests  and  extensively  evaluate  our  products  before  incorporating  them  into  their
systems.  The  time  required  for  testing,  evaluation  and  design  of  our  products  into  a  customer’s  system  can  take  nine  months  or  more.  It  can  take  an
additional nine months or longer before a customer commences volume shipments of systems that incorporate our products, if at all. Because of the lengthy
development and sales cycles, we will experience delays between the time we incur expenditures for research and development, sales and marketing and
inventory and the time we generate revenue, if any, from these expenditures.

Furthermore, we have entered into and may in the future enter into, co-development agreements that do not guarantee future sales volumes and limit our
ability to sell the developed products to other customers. The exclusive nature of these development agreements increases our dependence on individual
customers, particularly since we are limited in the number of products we are able to develop at any one time.

If actual sales volumes for a particular product are substantially less than originally anticipated, we may experience large write-offs of capitalized license
fees, software development tools, product masks, inventories or other capitalized or deferred product-related costs, any of which would negatively affect
our operating results.

Our developed software may be incompatible with industry standards and challenging and costly to implement, which could slow product development
or cause us to lose customers and design wins.

We  provide  our  customers  with  software  development  tools  and  with  software  that  provides  basic  functionality  for  our  integrated  circuits  and  enables
enhanced connectivity of our customers’ products. Software development is a complex process and we are dependent on software development languages
and operating systems from vendors that may limit our ability to design software in a timely manner. Also, as software tools and interfaces change rapidly,
new  software  languages  introduced  to  the  market  may  be  incompatible  with  our  existing  systems  and  tools,  requiring  significant  engineering  efforts  to
migrate our existing systems in order to be compatible with those new languages. Software development disruptions could slow our product development
or  cause  us  to  lose  customers  and  design  wins.  The  integration  of  software  with  our  products  adds  complexity,  may  extend  our  internal  development
programs  and  could  impact  our  customers’  development  schedules.  This  complexity  requires  increased  coordination  between  hardware  and  software
development  schedules  and  increases  our  operating  expenses  without  a  corresponding  increase  in  product  revenue.  This  additional  level  of  complexity
lengthens the sales cycle and may result in customers selecting competitive products requiring less software integration.

The competitiveness and viability of our products could be harmed if necessary licenses of third-party technology are not available to us on terms that
are acceptable to us or at all.

We  license  technology  from  independent  third  parties  that  is  incorporated  into  our  products  or  product  enhancements.  Future  products  or  product
enhancements may require additional third-party licenses that may not be available to us on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. In addition, in the event
of a change in control of one of our licensors, it may become difficult to maintain access to its licensed technology. If we are unable to obtain or maintain
any third-party license required to develop new products and product enhancements, we may have to obtain substitute technology with lower quality or
performance standards, or at greater cost, either of which could seriously harm the competitiveness of our products.

29

Our limited ability to protect our IP and proprietary rights could harm our competitive position by allowing our competitors to access our proprietary
technology and to introduce similar products.

Our ability to compete effectively with other companies depends, in part, on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technology, including our
semiconductor  designs  and  software  code.  We  provide  the  computer  programming  code  for  our  software  to  customers  in  connection  with  their  product
development efforts, thereby increasing the risk that customers will misappropriate our proprietary software. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to help protect our proprietary technologies As of December 31,
2023, we held 280 patents and had 18 patent applications pending for protection of our significant technologies. Competitors in both the U.S. and foreign
countries, many of whom have substantially greater resources than we do, may apply for and obtain patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our
ability  to  make  and  sell  our  products,  or  they  may  develop  similar  technology  independently  or  design  around  our  patents.  Effective  patent,  copyright,
trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in foreign countries and, thus, make the possibility of piracy of our technology and
products more likely in these countries.

We cannot assure you that the degree of protection offered by patent or trade secret laws will be sufficient. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any
patents  will  be  issued  as  a  result  of  any  pending  applications  or  that  any  claims  allowed  under  issued  patents  will  be  sufficiently  broad  to  protect  our
technology.  We  may  incur  significant  costs  to  stop  others  from  infringing  our  patents.  In  addition,  it  is  possible  that  existing  or  future  patents  may  be
invalidated, diluted, circumvented, challenged or licensed to others.

Others may bring infringement or indemnification actions against us that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend.

We may become subject to claims involving patents or other intellectual property rights. In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the U.S. and
in other jurisdictions involving patents and other intellectual property rights. This litigation is particularly prevalent in the semiconductor industry, in which
a number of companies aggressively use their patent portfolios to bring infringement claims. In recent years, there has been an increase in the filing of so-
called  "nuisance  suits,"  alleging  infringement  of  intellectual  property  rights.  These  claims  may  be  asserted  initially  or  as  counterclaims  in  response  to
claims made by a company alleging infringement of intellectual property rights. These suits pressure defendants into entering settlement arrangements to
quickly dispose of such suits, regardless of merit. We may also face claims brought by companies that are organized solely to hold and enforce patents. In
addition,  we  may  be  required  to  indemnify  our  customers  against  IP  claims  related  to  their  usage  of  our  products  as  certain  of  our  agreements  include
indemnification provisions from third parties relating to our intellectual property.

IP claims could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can
be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert management’s attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. As each claim is
evaluated, we may consider the desirability of entering into settlement or licensing agreements. No assurance can be given that settlements will occur or
that  licenses  can  be  obtained  on  acceptable  terms  or  that  litigation  will  not  occur.  In  the  event  there  is  a  temporary  or  permanent  injunction  entered
prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products, or a successful claim of infringement against us requiring us to pay damages or royalties to
a  third-party  and  we  fail  to  develop  or  license  a  substitute  technology,  our  business,  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition  could  be  materially
adversely affected. Any IP litigation or claims also could force us to do one or more of the following:

•

•

•

•

stop selling products using technology that contains the allegedly infringing IP;

attempt to obtain a license to the relevant IP, which may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us or at all;

attempt to redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing IP; or

pay  damages  for  past  infringement  claims  that  are  determined  to  be  valid  or  which  are  arrived  at  in  settlement  of  such  litigation  or  threatened
litigation.

If we are forced to take any of the foregoing actions, we may incur significant additional costs or be unable to manufacture and sell our products, which
could seriously harm our business. In addition, we may not be able to develop, license or acquire non-infringing technology under reasonable terms. These
developments could result in an inability to compete for customers or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations.

30

Our products are characterized by average selling prices that can decline over relatively short periods of time, which will negatively affect our financial
results unless we are able to reduce our product costs or introduce new products with higher average selling prices.

Average selling prices for our products can decline over relatively short periods of time, while many of our product costs are relatively fixed. When our
average  selling  prices  decline,  our  gross  profit  declines  unless  we  are  able  to  sell  more  units  or  reduce  the  cost  to  manufacture  our  products.  We  have
experienced declines in our average selling prices and expect that we will continue to experience them in the future, although we cannot predict when they
may occur or how severe they will be. Our financial results will suffer if we are unable to offset any reductions in our average selling prices by increasing
our sales volumes, reducing our costs, adding new features to our existing products or developing new or enhanced products in a timely manner with higher
selling prices or gross profits.

The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry may lead to significant variances in the demand for our products and could harm our operations.

In the past, the semiconductor industry has been characterized by significant downturns and wide fluctuations in supply and demand. Also, the industry has
experienced significant fluctuations in anticipation of changes in general economic conditions, including economic conditions in Asia, Europe and North
America.  The  cyclical  nature  of  the  semiconductor  industry  has  also  led  to  significant  variances  in  product  demand  and  production  capacity.  We  have
experienced, and may continue to experience, periodic fluctuations in our financial results because of changes in industry-wide conditions.

Our  business  is  subject  to  the  risks  of  earthquakes,  fire,  power  outages,  floods,  and  other  catastrophic  events,  and  to  interruption  by  man-made
problems such as acts of war and terrorism.

A  significant  natural  disaster,  such  as  an  earthquake,  fire,  a  flood,  or  significant  power  outage  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,
operating  results,  and  financial  condition.  Such  events  could  result  in  physical  damage  to  one  or  more  facilities,  the  temporary  closure  of  one  or  more
facilities or those of our suppliers, a temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, a temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products
from local and overseas suppliers, which may impact quality assurance, product costs, and product supply and timing. In the event our or our suppliers’
information  technology  systems  or  manufacturing  or  logistics  abilities  are  hindered  by  any  of  the  events  discussed  above,  shipments  could  be  delayed,
resulting in missed financial targets, such as revenue and shipment targets, and our operations could be disrupted for the affected quarter or quarters. In
addition, large-scale cybersecurity attacks, acts of war or terrorism, global pandemics such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other geo-political unrest could
cause disruptions in our business or the business of our supply chain, manufacturers, suppliers, partners, or customers or the economy as a whole. Any
disruption  in  the  business  of  our  supply  chain,  manufacturers,  suppliers,  partners  or  customers  that  impacts  sales  at  the  end  of  a  quarter  could  have  a
significant adverse impact on our quarterly results. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if the disaster recovery plans for us and our
suppliers  prove  to  be  inadequate.  To  the  extent  that  any  of  the  above  should  result  in  delays  or  cancellations  of  customer  orders,  or  the  delay  in  the
manufacture, deployment or shipment of our products, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Operations in China

We face additional risks associated with our operations in China, including the risk of changes in China’s political, economic or social conditions or
changes in U.S.-China relations, as well as liquidity risks, any of which may adversely and materially affect our results of operations, financial position
and value of our securities.

We have, and expect to continue to have, more than a majority of our operations in China as PWSH, one of our Chinese subsidiaries, is a full profit-and-
loss center underneath the Company for our Mobile and Home & Enterprise businesses. The economy of China differs from the economies of the United
States in important respects such as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment, allocation of resources,
self-sufficiency, rate of inflation, foreign currency flows and balance of payments position, among others. There can be no assurance that China’s economic
policies will be consistent or effective and because more than a majority of our operations are in China, our results of operations, financial position and
value of our securities may be materially harmed by changes in China’s political, economic or social conditions. Additionally, the political and economic
relationship  between  the  U.S.  and  China  is  uncertain,  and  any  changes  in  policy  as  a  result  may  adversely  affect  our  business.  For  example,  recent
statements  and  actions  by  the  United  States  regarding  the  export  of  certain  semiconductor  technology,  although  not  applicable  to  our  technology  or
products, could result in responsive actions taken by China that could adversely impact our operations, financial position, or the value of our securities.

31

In addition, the Company faces certain liquidity risks from its operations in China. PWSH has, in the past, and may decide in the future, to sell shares of its
stock, such as in a private placement similar to that which closed in August 2021, in an initial public offering on a stock exchange located in China, such as
the  STAR  Market,  or  otherwise.  In  addition,  PWSH  may,  in  the  future,  become  profitable.  Any  proceeds  raised  or  generated  by  PWSH  are  subject  to
certain  PRC  laws  and  regulations  that  may  make  it  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  for  the  Company  to  use  such  proceeds  to  fund  its  operations  outside  of
China. For example, China’s government imposes control over the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies, which can cause difficulties converting
cash held in RMB to other currencies. It is therefore unlikely that funds raised or generated by PWSH will be readily distributable to the Company or its
U.S.  shareholders.  To  date,  no  dividends  or  distributions  have  been  made  by  PWSH  to  either  the  Company  or  its  U.S.  investors.  Additionally,  cash  is
transferred through the Company between entities through settling cash owed between one entity and another, for example for services rendered, through
intercompany agreements, and the Company intends to continue settling amounts owed in the ordinary course of business in this manner. During the fiscal
years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023, an aggregate of $8.6 million in cash was transferred from the Company to PWSH, and $14.2
million from PWSH to the Company as part of such settlements. While currently the Company has been able to settle cash owed between PWSH and other
entities within the Company, PRC laws and regulations could change so as to make it more difficult, if not impossible, to make such transfers in the future,
which in turn would adversely affect our results of operations.

We  face  legal  and  operational  risks  related  to  the  PRC  legal  system,  including  uncertainties  regarding  the  enforcement  of  laws,  and  sudden  or
unexpected  changes  in  laws,  required  approvals  and  permissions,  and  regulations  in  China,  which  could  adversely  affect  us  and  limit  the  legal
protections available to the Company and its shareholders, as well as materially and adversely affect our business and value of our securities.

While the overall effect of legislation over the past two decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various foreign investments in China,
China has not developed a fully integrated legal system based on the rule of law, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all
aspects of economic activities in China. Because the PRC legal system continues to evolve rapidly, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules
are  not  always  uniform  and  enforcement  of  these  laws,  regulations  and  rules  involves  uncertainties,  which  may  limit  legal  protections  available  to  the
Company. Uncertainties due to evolving laws and regulations could also impede the ability of an entity based in China, such as our Chinese subsidiaries, to
obtain or maintain permits or licenses required to conduct business in China. In addition, some regulatory requirements issued by certain PRC government
authorities may not be consistently applied by other PRC government authorities (including local government authorities), thus making strict compliance
with all regulatory requirements impractical, or in some circumstances impossible. In addition, China's legal system is based in part on government policies
and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all, which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our
violation  of  these  policies  and  rules  until  after  the  violation  occurs.  Any  administrative  and  court  proceedings  in  China  may  be  protracted,  resulting  in
substantial  costs  and  diversion  of  resources  and  management  attention.  Further,  since  Chinese  administrative  and  court  authorities  have  significant
discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court
proceedings. These uncertainties may also impede our ability to enforce the contracts entered into by our Chinese subsidiaries and could materially and
adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The PRC government at times will exercise significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of business in the PRC and may intervene or influence
business operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. Our Chinese subsidiaries are required to obtain
certain permits and licenses from certain PRC government agencies to operate businesses in China, such as business licenses from the SAMR, registrations
with  PRC  tax  authorities,  filings  with  PRC  customs  for  carrying  out  export  and  import  business  activities  and  registrations  with  China’s  State
Administration of Foreign Exchange (SAFE) for the ability to receive funds from offshore entities and transfer funds to offshore entities. The Company has
determined, in consultation with its general counsel, that we are not currently required to obtain permissions or approvals from the CAC. The Company is
also not currently required to obtain permissions or approvals from the CSRC, but would need to obtain approval from CSRC if PWSH applies for the
Listing, and as a listed company PWSH would continue to be subject to CSRC rules and regulations. As of the date of this filing, our Chinese subsidiaries
have obtained the required business licenses from the SAMR and complied with registration and filing requirements of other Chinese government agencies,
and  have  not  been  denied  such  registrations  or  filings  by  any  PRC  authority,  however,  if  we  do  not  receive  or  maintain  the  necessary  permissions  or
approvals,  inadvertently  conclude  that  such  permissions  or  approvals  are  not  required,  or  applicable  laws,  regulations  or  interpretations  change  and  we
become  required  to  obtain  such  permissions  or  approvals  in  the  future  and  we  fail  to  do  so,  we  may  be  subject  to  investigations,  fines,  penalties,
suspensions  in  operations,  or  other  punitive  action  which  could  result  in  a  material  adverse  change  in  our  PRC  operations  and  our  results  of  operation,
which in turn could cause our stock price to be materially and adversely affected.

32

Additionally, rules and regulations in China can change quickly and with little advance notice. For example, the PRC government has recently initiated a
series  of  regulatory  actions  and  made  a  number  of  public  statements  on  the  regulation  of  businesses  in  China  with  little  advance  notice,  including
enhancing supervision over China-based companies listed overseas, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding
efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. While we do not believe we are subject to these regulatory actions or statements, as we have not implemented the
kind of monopolistic behavior that is the target of these rules, and our business does not involve large-scale collection of user data, implicate cybersecurity,
or involve any other type of restricted industry, and therefore these regulatory actions and statements do not impact our ability to conduct our business,
accept foreign investments into PWSH, or list our PWSH shares on the STAR Market, there is no guarantee that the PRC government will refrain from
releasing  regulations  or  policies  regarding  the  Company’s  industry  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or
ability to list PWSH shares on the STAR Market.

If we are unable to implement our strategy to expand our PRC operations, including the positioning of PWSH to qualify and seek an initial public
offering on the STAR Market, our ability to access capital, customers, and talent in China could suffer, which in turn may materially and adversely
affect our worldwide growth and revenue potential.

In August 2021, we announced our strategic plan to transform PWSH into a profit center for our Mobile and Home & Enterprise businesses to improve our
access to capital, customers, and talent in China. As part of this strategic plan, we intend to qualify PWSH to file an application for an initial public offering
on the STAR Market to further improve our access to capital markets and to fund growth. We may not be successful in the implementation of our strategic
plan, and we may not be able to complete the Listing for a number of reasons, including those related to the risks we face associated with our operations in
China  as  detailed  separately  above,  many  of  which  are  outside  our  control.  With  respect  to  the  Listing,  PWSH  must  succeed  in  obtaining  PRC
governmental approvals required to permit the Listing, and one or more of those approvals may be denied, or significantly delayed, by the PRC regulators
for reasons outside our control or unknown to us, or may be conditioned on requirements that we deem would result in an undue burden or material adverse
impact  on  our  business.  Similarly,  the  Listing  application  may  be  denied  or  delayed  by  the  SSE  in  its  discretion.  Further,  the  COVID‑19  outbreak,  the
tensions  between  the  United  States  and  China,  or  other  geopolitical  forces,  including  war,  could  negatively  impact  our  currently  planned  projects  and
investments in the PRC, including the Listing.

Additionally, pursuant to our August 2021 Capital Increase Agreement and the agreements for the employee-owned entities that have invested in PWSH
(“ESOP”), PWSH agreed to attempt to complete all requirements to qualify for a Listing such that the Listing is consummated prior to a certain date (for
the private equity and strategic investors ("Investors"), June 30, 2024, and for the ESOP, December 31, 2024). If PWSH has not consummated the Listing
before those dates, or if it seriously violates certain other restructuring actions required by the Capital Increase Agreement such that a Listing by such dates
becomes impossible, the respective purchasers may elect to require that we repurchase the purchaser’s respective equity interest for a price equal to the
initial purchase price paid by the purchaser (and for the ESOP, plus annual simple interest at a rate of 5%). As noted above, various elements in the Listing
process are outside our control or may be subject to conditions that are unacceptable to us, and if we fail to obtain the Listing, the provisions of the Capital
Increase Agreement would require a use of cash for purposes not otherwise planned for, which in turn would negatively impact our plans for growth and
our cash position.

The CSRC and the SSE have recently tightened the standards for the STAR Market and are currently advising companies that are not yet profitable under
China  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  or  China  GAAP,  standards  against  filing  an  IPO  application  in  the  present  environment.  The  Company
believes this is in large part due to the current economic conditions in China and the recent performance of companies already listed on the STAR Market
that were not profitable at the time of their IPO. PWSH is not currently profitable under China GAAP standards. The CSRC and the SSE may relax the
standards, but there is no guarantee that this will happen in any particular time frame. The Company continues to prepare our application so it is ready to
file once the situation changes or PWSH achieves profitability under China GAAP standards, but there can be no assurances that the Listing will occur at
all.  In  the  interim,  PWSH  may  require  additional  funding  to  augment  its  PRC  operations,  and  we  cannot  give  any  assurance  that  such  capital  will  be
available on terms acceptable to us. Any such inability to obtain funds may impair the ability of PWSH to grow its operations, which could have a material
adverse effect on our consolidated operating results and on the price of our common stock.

If we are unable to successfully implement our strategic plan, including the Listing, we may not realize the advantages to our PRC operations contemplated
by our business strategy, including improving our access to capital markets, customers, and talent in China. Because it may be several years before we
know whether the Listing will be completed, we may, in the interim, forego or postpone other alternative actions to strengthen our market position and
operations in the PRC.

33

PRC companies are critical to the global semiconductor industry, and our current business is substantially concentrated in the PRC market. Our inability to
build, or any delay in growing, our PRC-based operations over the next several years would materially and adversely limit our operations and operating
results, including our revenue growth. In addition, during that time, the process underlying the Listing could result in significant diversion of management
time as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs, which could further impair our ability to expand our business.

Even if we complete the Listing, we may not achieve the results contemplated by our business strategy and our strategy for growth in the PRC may not
result in increases in the price of our common stock.

We cannot assure you that, even if the Listing is completed, we will realize any or all of our anticipated benefits of the Listing. Our completion of the
Listing may not have the anticipated effects of providing access to new capital markets or strengthening our market position and operations in the PRC. If
the Listing is completed, PWSH will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds from the initial sales of shares to PWSH investors, and it may not
spend or invest those proceeds in a manner that results in our operating success or with which the common shareholders of Pixelworks agree. Our failure to
successfully leverage the completion of the Listing to enhance our access to new capital markets and expand our PRC business could result in a decrease in
the price of our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the success of PWSH will have an associated positive effect on the price of our common
stock.

If the Listing is completed, PWSH’s status as a publicly traded company in China that is controlled, but less than wholly owned, by Pixelworks could
have an adverse effect on us.

PWSH is not currently a wholly owned subsidiary of Pixelworks, and following the Listing, other holders may hold as much as 30% of the subsidiary. The
interests of PWSH may diverge from the interests of Pixelworks and its other subsidiaries in the future. We may face conflicts of interest in managing,
financing,  or  engaging  in  transactions  with  PWSH,  or  allocating  business  opportunities  between  our  subsidiaries,  including  future  arrangements  for
operating subsidiaries other than PWSH to license and use our intellectual property.

Pixelworks will retain majority ownership of PWSH after the Listing, but PWSH will be managed by a separate board of directors and officers and those
directors and officers will owe fiduciary duties to the various stakeholders of PWSH, including shareholders other than Pixelworks. In the operation of
PWSH’s business, there may be situations that arise whereby the directors and officers of PWSH, in the exercise of their fiduciary duties, take actions that
may be contrary to the best interests of Pixelworks or its shareholders. Additionally, because PWSH will be managed by a separate board of directors and
officers, our organizational structure will become more complex, which may in turn require substantial financial, operational, and management resources.

In  the  future,  PWSH  may  issue  options,  restricted  shares,  and  other  forms  of  share-based  compensation  to  its  directors,  officers,  and  employees,  which
could dilute Pixelworks’ ownership in PWSH. In addition, PWSH may engage in capital raising activities in the future that could further dilute Pixelworks’
ownership interest.

The STAR Market is relatively new, and as a result, it is difficult to predict the effect of the proposed Listing, which may in turn negatively affect the
price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market.

The CSRC initially launched the STAR Market in June 2019 and trading on that market began in July 2019. No assurance can be given regarding the effect
of the Listing on the market price of PWSH shares or on the price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market. The market price of the PWSH
shares and Pixelworks common stock may be volatile or may decline for reasons other than the risk and uncertainties described above, as the result of
investor negativity or uncertainty with respect to the proposed Listing.

34

If  the  Listing  is  completed,  Pixelworks  and  PWSH  both  will  be  public  reporting  companies,  but  each  will  be  subject  to  separate,  and  potentially
inconsistent, accounting and disclosure requirements, which may lead to investor confusion or uncertainty that could cause decreased demand for, or
fluctuations in the price of, one or both of the companies’ publicly traded shares.

If PWSH completes the Listing, it will be subject to accounting, disclosure, and other regulatory requirements of the CSRC and the STAR Market. At the
same time, Pixelworks will remain subject to accounting, disclosure, and other regulatory requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market. As a
result, Pixelworks and PWSH periodically will disclose information simultaneously pursuant to differing laws and regulations. The information disclosed
by  the  two  companies  will  differ,  and  may  differ  materially  from  time  to  time,  due  to  the  distinct,  and  potentially  inconsistent,  accounting  standards
applicable to the two companies and disclosure requirements imposed by securities regulatory authorities, as well as differences in language, culture, and
expression  habit,  in  composition  of  investors  in  the  United  States  and  PRC,  and  in  the  capital  markets  of  the  United  States  and  the  PRC.  Differing
disclosures could lead to confusion or uncertainty among investors in the publicly traded shares of one or both companies. Differences between the price of
PWSH  shares  on  the  STAR  Market  and  the  price  of  Pixelworks  common  stock  on  Nasdaq  Global  Market  could  lead  to  increased  volatility,  as  some
investors seek to arbitrage price differences. Additionally, news about PWSH may affect the price of Pixelworks’ common stock, and vice versa, creating
additional uncertainty and volatility.

General Risks

The price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate substantially.

Our stock price and the stock prices of technology companies similar to Pixelworks have been highly volatile. The price of our common stock may decline
and the value of our shareholders' investment may be reduced regardless of our performance.

The  daily  trading  volume  of  our  common  stock  has  historically  been  relatively  low,  although,  in  the  three  most  recent  years,  trading  volume  increased
compared to historical levels. As a result of the historically low volume, our shareholders may be unable to sell significant quantities of common stock in
the public trading markets without a significant reduction in the price of our common shares. Additionally, market fluctuations, as well as general economic
and political conditions, including recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the market price of our
common stock. Other factors that could negatively impact our stock price include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

changes in or failure to meet expectations as to our future financial performance;

changes in or failure to meet financial estimates of securities analysts;

announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations, design wins, contracts, standards, acquisitions or divestitures;

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

issuances or proposed issuances of equity, debt or other securities by us, or sales of securities by our security holders; and

changes in market valuations of other technology companies.

Any  inability  or  perceived  inability  of  investors  to  realize  a  gain  on  an  investment  in  our  common  stock  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations by potentially limiting our ability to retain our customers, to attract and retain qualified employees and to raise
capital. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company's securities, securities
class  action  litigation  has  often  been  instituted  against  these  companies.  This  litigation,  if  instituted  against  us,  could  result  in  substantial  costs  and  a
diversion of our management's attention and resources.

35

The interest of our current or potential significant shareholders may conflict with other shareholders and they may attempt to effect changes or acquire
control, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our  shareholders  may  from  time  to  time  engage  in  proxy  solicitations,  advance  shareholder  proposals,  acquire  control  or  otherwise  attempt  to  effect
changes, including by directly voting their shares on shareholder proposals. Campaigns by shareholders to effect changes at publicly traded companies are
sometimes  led  by  investors  seeking  to  increase  short-term  shareholder  value  through  actions  such  as  financial  restructuring,  increased  debt,  special
dividends, stock repurchases or sales of assets or the entire company. Responding to proxy contests and other actions by activist shareholders can be costly
and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of business
strategies. Additionally, uncertainty over our direction and leadership may negatively impact our relationship with our customers and make it more difficult
to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel  and  business  partners.  As  a  result,  shareholder  campaigns  could  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and
financial condition.

Future sales of our equity could result in significant dilution to our existing shareholders and depress the market price of our common stock.

It  is  likely  that  we  will  need  to  seek  additional  capital  in  the  future  and  from  time  to  time.  If  this  financing  is  obtained  through  the  issuance  of  equity
securities,  debt  convertible  into  equity  securities,  options  or  warrants  to  acquire  equity  securities  or  similar  instruments  or  securities,  our  existing
shareholders will experience dilution in their ownership percentage upon the issuance, conversion or exercise of such securities and such dilution could be
significant. For example, in December 2020, we completed a private placement of 3,200,000 shares of common stock to certain accredited investors at a
purchase  price  of  $2.071  per  share.  The  issuance  and  sale  of  the  shares  in  the  private  placement  had  a  dilutive  impact  on  our  existing  shareholders.
Additionally, also in December 2020, we completed the sale of 4,900,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten registered offering and an additional
735,000  shares  were  issued  pursuant  to  the  30-day  over-allotment  option  exercised  by  the  underwriter,  at  a  price  to  the  public  of  $2.45  per  share.
Additionally, pursuant to our “at the market” equity offering program, we may sell shares of our common stock having aggregate sales proceeds of up to
$25.0 million from time to time through Cowen and Company, LLC, as our agent. Through December 31, 2023, we sold an aggregate of 1,808,484 shares
of our common stock under this at the market offering. The issuance and sale of additional shares of our common stock pursuant to our “at the market”
equity offering program or otherwise will have a dilutive impact on our existing shareholders. Additionally, any new equity securities issued by us could
have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock. Further, the issuance and sale of, or the perception that we may issue and sell,
additional shares of common stock pursuant to our “at the market” equity offering program or an additional private placement or another offering could
have the effect of depressing the market price of our common stock or increasing the volatility thereof.

Any issuance by us or sales of our securities by our security holders, including by any of our affiliates, or the perception that such issuances or sales could
occur, could negatively impact the market price of our securities. For example, a number of shareholders own significant blocks of our common stock. If
one or more of these large shareholders were to sell large portions of their holdings in a relatively short time, for liquidity or other reasons, the prevailing
market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  be  negatively  affected.  This  could  result  in  further  potential  dilution  to  our  existing  shareholders  and  the
impairment of our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity, debt or other securities.

We may be unable to maintain compliance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rules which could cause our common stock to be delisted from the Nasdaq Global
Market. This could result in the lack of a market for our common stock, cause a decrease in the value of our common stock, and adversely affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules our common stock must maintain a minimum price of $1.00 per share for continued inclusion on the Nasdaq Global
Market. Our stock price was $2.91 on March 8, 2024 and we cannot guarantee that our stock price will remain at or above $1.00 per share. If the price
drops below $1.00 per share, our stock could become subject to delisting, and we may seek shareholder approval for a reverse stock split, which in turn
could produce adverse effects and may not result in a long-term or permanent increase in the price of our common stock. Further, for continued listing on
the Nasdaq Global Market we must have at least 400 total shareholders.

36

In addition to the minimum $1.00 per share and 400 total shareholders requirements, the Nasdaq Global Market has other continued listing requirements,
and we must meet all of the criteria under at least one of the following three standards: (i) a minimum of $50.0 million in total asset value and $50.0 million
in revenues in the latest fiscal year or in two of the last three fiscal years, at least 1.1 million publicly held shares, at least $15.0 million in market value of
publicly held shares and at least four registered and active market makers (as such term is defined by the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules); (ii) a minimum of
$50.0 million in market value of listed securities, at least 1.1 million publicly held shares, at least $15.0 million in market value of publicly held shares and
at least four registered and active market makers; or (iii) a minimum of $10.0 million in shareholders' equity, at least 750,000 publicly held shares, at least
$5.0 million in market value of publicly held shares and at least two registered and active market makers. As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance
with these listing requirements. Our stock price is volatile and we believe that we continue to remain susceptible to the market value of our listed securities
and/or the market value of our publicly held securities falling below $50.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that
we  will  be  able  to  continue  to  comply  with  Nasdaq  Global  Market’s  listing  requirements.  Should  we  be  unable  to  remain  in  compliance  with  these
requirements, our stock could become subject to delisting.

If  our  common  stock  is  delisted,  trading  of  the  stock  will  most  likely  take  place  on  an  over-the-counter  market  established  for  unlisted  securities.  An
investor is likely to find it less convenient to sell, or to obtain accurate quotations in seeking to buy, our common stock on an over-the-counter market, and
many investors may not buy or sell our common stock due to difficulty in accessing over-the-counter markets, or due to policies preventing them from
trading in securities not listed on a national exchange or other reasons. For these reasons and others, delisting would adversely affect the liquidity, trading
volume  and  price  of  our  common  stock,  causing  the  value  of  an  investment  in  us  to  decrease  and  having  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations by limiting our ability to attract and retain qualified executives and employees and limiting our ability to raise capital.

The anti-takeover provisions of Oregon law and in our articles of incorporation could adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock,
including by preventing a sale or takeover of us at a price or prices favorable to the holders of our common stock.

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Oregon law may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition
of  us,  making  a  merger  or  acquisition  of  us  less  desirable  to  a  potential  acquirer  or  preventing  a  change  in  our  management,  even  if  our  shareholders
consider the merger, acquisition or change in management favorable or if doing so would benefit our shareholders. In addition, these provisions could limit
the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. The following are examples of such provisions:

•

•

if the number of directors is fixed by the board at eight or more, our board of directors is divided into three classes serving staggered terms, which
would make it more difficult for a group of shareholders to quickly replace a majority of directors;

our  board  of  directors  is  authorized,  without  prior  shareholder  approval,  to  create  and  issue  preferred  stock  with  voting  or  other  rights  or
preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us or to effect a change of control, commonly referred to as "blank check"
preferred stock;

• members of our board of directors can be removed only for cause and at a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, by the vote of

75 percent of the votes then entitled to be cast for the election of directors;

•

our board of directors may alter our bylaws without obtaining shareholder approval; and shareholders are required to provide advance notice for
nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters to be acted upon at a shareholder meeting;

• Oregon  law  permits  our  board  to  consider  other  factors  beyond  shareholder  value  in  evaluating  any  acquisition  offer  (so-called  "expanded

constituency" provisions); and

•

a supermajority (67%) vote of shareholders is required to approve certain fundamental transactions.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

37

Item 1C.    Cybersecurity.

We place the utmost importance on the security of our systems and the data we handle. We maintain a comprehensive process for identifying, assessing,
and managing material risks from cybersecurity threats as part of our broader risk management system and processes.

To identify and assess risks from cybersecurity threats, we evaluate a variety of developments including threat intelligence, vulnerabilities of third parties,
including any auditors or consultants who advise on our cybersecurity systems, evolving regulatory requirements, and observed cybersecurity incidents,
among others. We regularly conduct risk assessments to evaluate the maturity and effectiveness of our systems and processes in addressing cybersecurity
threats and to identify any areas for remediation and opportunities for enhancements. The results of such assessments are evaluated by management and
reported to our board of directors and the audit committee, and we adjust our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices as necessary.

Our  audit  committee  is  responsible  for  the  oversight  of  risks  from  cybersecurity  threats  and  directly  oversees  our  cybersecurity  policies  and  practices,
internal controls regarding information security, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements regarding cybersecurity risks. The audit committee
receives regular reports and updates on cybersecurity matters from the leaders of our dedicated security team and management, including developments on
existing and new cybersecurity risks and how management is addressing and/or mitigating such risks, cybersecurity and data privacy incidents (if any), the
status of key information security initiatives, vulnerability assessments, as well as on existing and emerging threat landscapes. Additionally, on at least an
annual basis, the audit committee reviews and discusses with management our policies and programs with respect to the audit committee’s oversight of
cybersecurity threats, which enable the audit committee’s effective oversight of our overall cybersecurity risk and compliance posture. The audit committee
regularly reports to the board of directors on these matters.

We have a dedicated security team led by our Director of Worldwide IT, who, in coordination with management, including our Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Legal Officer, monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity threats and incidents in
accordance with our incident response and recovery plans. Threats and incidents that are identified as potentially significant are promptly reported to the
audit committee. Our dedicated security team has over 20 years of experience in managing and monitoring corporate cybersecurity programs.

While risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have not materially affected and are not reasonably
likely to materially affect our Company, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition,

we cannot provide assurance that they will not be materially affected in the future by such risks or any future material incidents. See “Risk Factors” in Part
I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding cybersecurity risks.

38

Item 2.

Properties.

We lease facilities around the world to house our engineering, sales, customer support, administrative and operations functions. We do not own any of our
facilities. As of December 31, 2023, our major facilities consisted of the following: 

Location
China

Toronto
California

Taiwan

Oregon
Japan

Function(s)
Engineering; sales;
customer support; administration

Square Feet Utilized
46,000

Engineering; administration
Administration;
engineering; sales
Customer support; sales;
operations; engineering
Administration
Sales; customer support

12,000
10,000

16,000

5,000
3,000

Lease Expiration
Various dates
through
August 2026
March 2027
September 2024

Various dates through May
2025
December 2024
January 2025

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

We  are  subject  to  legal  matters  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Although  we  currently  believe  that  resolving  such
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of operations, or our cash flows, these
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

39

 
 
 
 
 
PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "PXLW". Our stock began trading on May 19, 2000.

As of March 8, 2024, there were 115 shareholders of record of our common stock and the last per share sales price of the common stock on that date was
$2.80.  The  number  of  beneficial  owners  of  our  common  stock  is  substantially  greater  than  the  number  of  shareholders  of  record  because  a  significant
portion of our outstanding common stock is held in broker "street name" for the benefit of individual investors.

Item 6.

Reserved.

40

 
Item 7.        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Overview

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently
high-quality and authentic viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications. We define our primary target markets as Mobile (smartphone and tablet),
Home & Enterprise (projectors, personal video recorders ("PVR"), and over-the-air ("OTA") streaming devices), and Cinema (creation, remastering, and
delivery of digital video content). Previously we classified our primary target markets as Mobile, Projector, Video Delivery and Cinema, but have since
aggregated the Projector and Video Delivery categories into one called "Home & Enterprise".

Pixelworks  has  been  a  pioneer  in  visual  processing  technology  for  over  20  years.  We  were  one  of  the  first  companies  to  commercially  launch  a  video
System on Chip ("SoC") capable of deinterlacing 1080i HDTV signals and one of the first companies with a commercial dual-channel 1080i deinterlacer
integrated circuit. We launched one of the industry’s first single-chip SoCs for digital projection. We were the first company to integrate motion estimation /
motion  compensation  technology  ("MEMC")  as  a  mobile-optimized  solution  for  smartphones.  In  2019,  we  introduced  our  Hollywood  award-winning
TrueCut® video platform, the industry’s first motion grading technology that allows fine tuning of motion appearance in cinematic content.

Our core visual processing technology intelligently processes digital images and video from a variety of sources and optimizes the content for a superior
viewing experience. Rapid growth in video and gaming consumption, combined with the move towards bright, high resolution, high frame rate and high
refresh rate displays, especially in mobile, is increasing the demand for our solutions. Our technologies can be applied across a wide range of applications:
cinema theaters, low-power mobile tablets, smartphones, streaming devices, and digital projectors for the home, school, or the workplace. Our products are
designed  and  optimized  for  power,  cost,  bandwidth,  viewer  experience,  and  overall  system  performance,  according  to  the  requirements  of  the  specific
application. On occasion, we have also licensed our technology.

During  2021,  we  engaged  in  a  strategic  plan  to  re-align  our  Mobile  and  Home  &  Enterprise  businesses  to  improve  their  focus  on  their  Asia-centered
customers and employee stakeholders. One of our Chinese subsidiaries, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (or "PWSH"), now
operates these businesses as a full profit-and-loss center underneath Pixelworks. In connection with this strategic plan, the Company and PWSH closed
three separate financing transactions in 2021 and 2022, which are further described in "Note 14: Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest and Equity Interest
of PWSH Sold to Employees" and "Note 15: Non-Controlling Interest", which are incorporated by reference into this section. PWSH has a branch office
located in Shenzhen, China (Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Shenzhen Branch Office No. 1), which is primarily for sales and
customer  support  for  PWSH,  and  a  subsidiary  located  in  Hong  Kong  (Pixelworks  Hong  Kong  Limited),  which  has  no  employees  and  is  used  for
distribution  of  PWSH  products.  Pixelworks  has  an  additional  subsidiary  in  China  (Frame  Shadow  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.,  Ltd.  (formerly  called
Mucheng Huai Management Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd)) which is a research and development center for our TrueCut business. This subsidiary does
not  operate  under  PWSH,  but  rather  is  owned  by  Pixelworks  through  our  Oregon  limited  liability  company,  Pixelworks  Semiconductor  Technology
Company, LLC.

We continue to prepare PWSH to file an application for an initial public offering of PWSH shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science Technology
Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”) once market conditions in China are supportive. We believe that the Listing will have many
benefits,  including  improved  access  to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  PWSH’s  growth  worldwide.  The  process  of  going  public  on  the  STAR
Market is lengthy and includes several periods of review by various government agencies of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), such as the Shanghai
Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”). The CSRC and the SSE have recently tightened the standards for the
STAR Market and are currently advising companies that are not yet profitable under China GAAP standards against filing an IPO application in the present
environment. The Company believes this is in large part due to the current economic conditions in China and the recent performance of companies already
listed on the STAR Market that were not profitable at the time of their IPO. PWSH is not currently profitable under China GAAP standards. There is no
guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at any point in the future. The listing of PWSH on the STAR Market will not change the status of
PXLW as a U.S. public company. More than a majority of our operations are in China, but our executive officers and all of our directors but one are located
in the United States (and he resides in Singapore). We are neither a PRC operating company nor do we conduct our operations in China through the use of
variable interest entities.

41

As of December 31, 2023, we had an intellectual property portfolio of 280 patents related to the visual display of digital image data. We focus our research
and development efforts on developing video algorithms that improve quality and architectures that reduce system power, cost, bandwidth and increase
overall system performance and device functionality. We seek to expand our technology portfolio through internal development and co-development with
business partners, and we continually evaluate acquisition opportunities and other ways to leverage our technology into other high-value markets.

Pixelworks  was  founded  in  1997  and  is  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  Oregon.  On  August  2,  2017,  we  acquired  ViXS  Systems  Inc.,  a
corporation organized in Canada ("ViXS").

Historically, significant portions of our revenue have been generated by sales to a relatively small number of end customers and distributors. We sell our
products worldwide through a direct sales force, distributors and manufacturers’ representatives. We sell to distributors in China, Japan and Taiwan. Our
distributors  often  provide  engineering  support  to  our  end  customers  and  often  have  valuable  and  established  relationships  with  our  end  customers.  In
certain countries in which we operate, it is customary to sell to distributors. While distributor payment to us is not dependent upon the distributor’s ability
to resell the product or to collect from the end customer, the distributors may provide longer payment terms to end customers than those we would offer.

Significant portions of our products are sold overseas. Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 99.7% and 95.1% of revenue in 2023 and 2022,
respectively. Our integrators, branded manufacturers and branded suppliers incorporate our products into systems that are sold worldwide. The majority of
our revenue to date has been denominated in U.S. dollars.

Seasonality

Our business is subject to seasonality related to the markets we serve and the location of our customers. We have typically experienced higher revenue from
the digital projector component of the Home & Enterprise market in the third quarter, and lower revenue in the first quarter, as our Japanese customers
reduce inventories in anticipation of their March 31 fiscal year end. We have typically experienced higher revenue from the mobile market in the fourth
quarter, and lower revenue in the first quarter, as mobile phone OEMs ramp production in advance of Chinese New Year.

42

Results of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2023 compared with year ended December 31, 2022.

Revenue, net

Net revenue was as follows (in thousands):

Revenue, net

Net revenue decreased $10.5 million, or 15%, from 2022 to 2023.

Year ended December 31,

2023 v. 2022

2023

2022

$ change

% change

$

59,677  $

70,146  $

(10,469)

(15)%

Revenue recorded in 2023 consisted of $58.6 million in revenue from the sale of integrated circuits ("IC") products and $1.1 million in revenue related to
engineering services, license revenue and other. Revenue recorded in 2022 consisted of $68.2 million in revenue from the sale of IC products and $1.9
million in revenue related to engineering services, license revenue and other.

The decrease in IC revenue from 2022 compared to 2023 is due to the following factors:

•

•

Sales  into  the  Home  &  Enterprise  market  decreased  $17.8  million  or  38%,  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  customer  demand  resulting  from
customers absorbing inventory purchased with long lead times during the supply shortage in 2022, as well as implementing an end-of-life in 2022
on some of our legacy products sold into what we previously referred to as the Video Delivery market.

Sales  into  the  Mobile  market  increased  $8.3  million  or  39%,  primarily  due  to  increased  average  selling  prices  as  our  customers  adopt  and
transition to our next generation mobile product.

Revenue related to engineering services, license revenue and other decreased $0.9 million or 46% primarily due to a decrease in licensing revenue in the
Mobile market. Revenue related to the Cinema market was not material in 2023 or 2022 and was therefore included in the engineering services, license
revenue and other category within the Mobile market.

Cost of revenue and gross profit

Cost of revenue and gross profit were as follows (in thousands):

1
Direct product costs and related overhead 
2
Inventory charges 
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of acquired developed technology

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit

Year ended December 31,

2023

% of
 revenue 

2022

% of
 revenue 

$

$

$

33,599 
280 
89 
— 
33,968 

25,709 

56.3 % $

0.5 
0.1 
0.0 
56.9 % $
43.1 % $

34,070 
82 
41 
72 
34,265 

35,881 

48.6 %
0.1 
0.1 
0.1 

48.8 %

51.2 %

1

2

Includes purchased materials, assembly, test, labor, employee benefits and royalties.

Includes charges to reduce inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value and a benefit for sales of previously written down inventory.

Gross profit margin decreased to 43% in 2023 compared to 51% in 2022, primarily due to product mix. The decrease in sales into the Home & Enterprise
market  as  well  as  the  increase  in  sales  into  the  Mobile  market  both  unfavorably  impacted  gross  profit  margin.  The  decrease  was  also  due  to  lower
absorption of fixed overhead costs.

Pixelworks’ gross profit margin is subject to variability based on changes in revenue levels, product mix, average selling prices, startup costs, amortization
related to acquired developed technology and the timing and execution of manufacturing ramps as well as other factors.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development

Research  and  development  expense  includes  compensation  and  related  costs  for  personnel,  development-related  expenses  including  non-recurring
engineering and fees for outside services, depreciation and amortization, expensed equipment, facilities and information technology expense allocations
and travel and related expenses.

Co-Development Agreement

During 2021, we entered into a best-efforts co-development agreement with a customer to defray a portion of the research and development expenses we
expect to incur in connection with our development of an integrated circuit product. We expect our development costs to exceed the amounts received from
the customer, and although we expect to sell units of the product to the customer, there is no commitment or agreement from the customer for such sales at
this time. Additionally, we retain ownership of any modifications or improvements to our pre-existing intellectual property and may use such improvements
in products sold to other customers.

Under the co-development agreement, $5.8 million was payable by the customer within 60 days of the date of the agreement and three additional payments
of $2.5 million, $1.9 million and $1.3 million are each payable upon completion of certain development milestones. As amounts become due and payable,
they are offset against research and development expense on a pro rata basis. We recognized offsets to research and development expense of approximately
$3.2 and $4.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Research and development expense was as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31,

2023 v. 2022

2023

2022

$ change

% change

Research and development

$

30,878  $

30,521  $

357 

1 %

Research and development expense increased $0.4 million, or 1%, from 2022 to 2023 due to the following factors:

•

•

•

Compensation expense increased $1.0 million due to an increase in headcount and annual merit salary increases.

The credit recognized related to the co-development agreement decreased by $1.1 million in 2023 compared to the credit recognized in 2022.

These increases were partially offset by a $1.7 million decrease in non-recurring engineering expense due to the timing of development activities.

Selling, general and administrative

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  includes  compensation  and  related  costs  for  personnel,  sales  commissions,  allocations  for  facilities  and
information technology expenses, travel, outside services and other general expenses incurred in our sales, marketing, customer support, management, legal
and other professional and administrative support functions.

Selling, general and administrative expense was as follows (in thousands): 

Year ended December 31,

2023 v. 2022

2023

2022

$ change

% change

Selling, general and administrative

$

23,467  $

22,177  $

1,290 

6 %

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $1.3 million, or 6%, from 2022 to 2023 due to the following factors:

•

Compensation expense increased $0.8 million due to an increased management bonus accrual and one time reversal of a payroll tax accrual in
2022.

• Accounting  and  other  professional  fees  increased  $0.5  million  primarily  due  to  fees  incurred  related  to  our  strategic  plan  with  our  subsidiary,

PWSH.

44

 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and other, net

Interest income and other, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

Interest income
Other income
Interest expense

Total interest income and other, net

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

1,950  $
125 
(25)
2,050  $

670 
80 
(50)
700 

The increase in interest income in 2023 compared to 2022 is due to increased interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents balance due to the increase
in the interest rate available throughout the full year in 2023 compared to the full year in 2022.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

The benefit for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

357  $

(884)

The  income  tax  expense  of  $0.4  million  recorded  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  is  primarily  composed  of  tax  expense  of  $0.1  million  for  our
profitable cost-plus jurisdictions and deferred tax expense of approximately $0.3 million.

The income tax benefit of $0.9 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2022 is primarily composed of $1.8 million of tax benefit for the reversal
of  tax  contingencies  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  partially  offset  by  tax  expense  of  $0.3  million  for  our  profitable  cost-plus  jurisdictions  and  deferred  tax
expense of approximately $0.6 million related to a change in the realizability of our Canadian deferred tax assets.

We continue to record a full valuation allowance against our U.S., Canada and China net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, as it is not
more likely than not that we will realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. As of December 31, 2022, we were no longer more-likely-than-not to
realize our remaining Canadian deferred tax assets and have recorded a full valuation allowance. We have not provided a valuation allowance against our
other  foreign  net  deferred  tax  assets  as  we  have  concluded  it  is  more-likely-than-not  that  we  will  realize  a  benefit  from  these  assets  in  a  future  period
because our subsidiaries in these jurisdictions are cost-plus taxpayers. The net valuation allowance decreased $11.0 million for the year ended December
31, 2023 and decreased $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2023, we have federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $154.5 million, $16.3 million, and $89.0
million  respectively,  which  will  begin  expiring  in  2024.  As  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have  available  federal,  state  and  foreign  research  and
experimentation  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  approximately  $5.7  million,  $5.4  million  and  $21.9  million  respectively.  The  federal  tax  credits  will  begin
expiring  in  2024  while  the  state  and  foreign  tax  credits  have  an  indefinite  life.  In  addition,  our  Canadian  subsidiary  has  unclaimed  scientific  and
experimental expenditures to be carried forward and applied against future income in Canada of approximately $120.5 million. Our ability to utilize our
federal net operating losses may be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which imposes an annual limit on the ability
of  a  corporation  that  undergoes  an  "ownership  change"  to  use  its  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  to  reduce  its  tax  liability.  An  ownership  change  is
generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% shareholders in any three-year period.

45

 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents

Total cash and cash equivalents decreased $9.3 million from $56.8 million at December 31, 2022 to $47.5 million at December 31, 2023. The net decrease
was the result of $18.8 million used in operating activities, $4.0 million used for purchases of property and equipment and licensed technology and $1.4
million used for payments on other asset financings. These decreases were partially offset by increases of $14.6 million received in net proceeds from our
non-controlling interest and certain entities owned by employees and $0.3 million in proceeds from the issuances of common stock under our employee
equity incentive plans.

As of December 31, 2023, our cash and cash equivalents balance consisted of $36.5 million in cash and $1.0 million in cash equivalents held in U.S. dollar
denominated  money  market  funds  and  $10.0  million  held  in  U.S.  dollar  denominated  certificates  of  deposit.  Our  investment  policy  requires  that  our
portfolio maintains a weighted average maturity of less than 12 months. Additionally, no maturities can extend beyond 24 months and concentrations with
individual  securities  are  limited.  At  the  time  of  purchase,  short-term  credit  rating  must  be  rated  at  least  A-2  /  P-2  /  F-2  by  at  least  two  Nationally
Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations ("NRSRO") and securities of issuers with a long-term credit rating must be rated at least A or A3 by at least
two NRSROs. Our investment policy is reviewed at least annually by our Audit Committee.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts  receivable,  net  increased  to  $10.1  million  at  December  31,  2023  from  $10.0  million  at  December  31,  2022.  Average  number  of  days  sales
outstanding increased to 56 days at December 31, 2023 from 54 days at December 31, 2022.

Inventories

Inventories increased to $4.0 million at December 31, 2023 from $1.8 million at December 31, 2022. Inventory turnover decreased to 8.6 at December 31,
2023 from 16.6 at December 31, 2022 primarily due to higher average inventory balances in 2023 compared to 2022. Inventory turnover is calculated based
on annual operating results and average inventory balances during the year.

Capital resources

At the Market Offering

On June 5, 2020, we entered into a sales agreement (the "Sales Agreement") with Cowen and Company, LLC ("Cowen"), pursuant to which we may issue
and sell shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.001 per share, having an aggregate offering price of up to $25.0 million, from time to time,
through an "at the market" equity offering program under which Cowen will act as sales agent. Under the Sales Agreement, Cowen may sell the shares by
methods deemed to be an "at the market offering" as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales
made by means of ordinary brokers’ transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market or on any other existing trading market for the common stock or otherwise
at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, in block transactions, or as otherwise directed by us. We pay Cowen a commission equal to three percent
(3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds of any common stock sold through Cowen under the Sales Agreement. The Sales Agreement may be terminated by us
upon prior notice to Cowen or by Cowen upon prior notice to us, or at any time under certain circumstances, including but not limited to the occurrence of
a material adverse change in the Company. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales Agreement.

There was no activity under this at the market offering during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

46

Capital Increase Agreements

We have entered into a Capital Increase Agreement pursuant to which PWSH, one of our Chinese subsidiaries, received net proceeds from the sale of its
securities pursuant thereto in an amount of RMB 279.7 million ($42.3 million USD). Additional information is provided in "Note 14: Redeemable Non-
Controlling Interest and Equity Interest of PWSH Sold to Employees", which is incorporated by reference into this section.

We have entered into a Capital Increase Agreement pursuant to which PWSH, one of our Chinese subsidiaries, received net proceeds from the sale of its
securities  pursuant  thereto  in  an  amount  of  99.0  million  RMB  ($14.6  million  USD).  Additional  information  is  provided  in  "Note  15:  Non-Controlling
Interest", which is incorporated by reference into this section.

Equity Transfer Agreement

We have entered into an Equity Transfer Agreement pursuant to which we received net proceeds of $10.7 million in exchange for a 2.73% equity interest in
PWSH. Additional information is provided in "Note 15: Non-Controlling Interest", which is incorporated by reference into this section.

Liquidity

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  cash  and  cash  equivalents  balance  of  $47.5  million  was  highly  liquid.  We  currently  anticipate  that  our  existing  working
capital will be adequate to fund our operating, investing and financing needs for the twelve months following our 2023 fiscal year end and beyond. We may
pursue  financing  arrangements  including  the  issuance  of  debt  or  equity  securities  or  reduce  expenditures,  or  both,  to  meet  the  Company’s  cash
requirements,  including  in  the  longer  term.  There  is  no  assurance  that,  if  required,  we  will  be  able  to  raise  additional  capital  or  reduce  discretionary
spending to provide the required liquidity which, in turn, may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

From time to time, we evaluate acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies that complement our business. Any transactions, if consummated, may
consume a material portion of our working capital or require the issuance of equity securities that may result in dilution to existing shareholders. Our ability
to generate cash from operations is also subject to substantial risks described in Part I, “Item 1A, Risk Factors.” If any of these risks occur, we may be
unable to generate or sustain positive cash flow from operating activities. We would then be required to use existing cash and cash equivalents to support
our  working  capital  and  other  cash  requirements.  If  additional  funds  are  required  to  support  our  working  capital  requirements,  acquisitions  or  other
purposes, we may seek to raise funds through debt financing, equity financing or from other sources. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of
equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our shareholders could be significantly diluted, and these newly-issued securities may
have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of existing shareholders. If we raise additional funds by obtaining loans from third parties, the terms of
those financing arrangements may include negative covenants or other restrictions on our business that could impair our operating flexibility, and would
also require us to incur interest expense. We can provide no assurance that additional financing will be available at all or, if available, that we would be able
to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect  the  amounts  reported.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  we  evaluate  our  estimates,  including  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  inventories,  property  and
equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, valuation of goodwill, valuation of share-based payments, income taxes, litigation and other contingencies. We
base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  our  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated
financial statements:

Inventory Valuation. We value inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. In addition, we write down any obsolete, unmarketable or otherwise
impaired inventory to net realizable value. The determination of obsolete or excess inventory requires us to estimate the future demand for our products.
The estimate of future demand is compared to inventory levels to determine the amount, if any, of obsolete or excess inventory. If actual market conditions
are  less  favorable  than  those  we  projected  at  the  time  the  inventory  was  written  down,  additional  inventory  write-downs  may  be  required.  Inventory
valuation is re-evaluated on a quarterly basis.

47

Goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized, rather tested, at least annually, for impairment at a reporting unit level. Impairment of goodwill is the condition that
exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit that includes goodwill exceeds its fair value. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized for the amount
that the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting
unit. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired.

We evaluate impairment using the guidance set forth in FASB Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic
350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment ("ASU 2017-04") which states that an entity may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it
is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If determined to be necessary, the quantitative impairment test shall be used to identify
goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized. An entity has an unconditional option to bypass the qualitative
assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We performed a qualitative assessment
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2023  and  concluded  that  it  was  not  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  was  less  than  its  carrying
amount. As a result, we concluded that a quantitative impairment test was not required and that goodwill was not impaired.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Not applicable.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The following financial statements and reports are included in Item 8:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB IDS: 248 & 32)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Pixelworks, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Pixelworks, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31,
2023,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  loss,  shareholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended
December  31,  2023,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial  statements”).  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023, and the results of its operations and its
cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of
America.

Basis for opinion
These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the
Company’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit
we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audit  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  We  believe  that  our  audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the
financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit
matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical
audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Net Realizable Value of Inventories - the Determination of Obsolete or Excess Inventories
As  described  further  in  Notes  2  and  3  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  writes  down  any  obsolete,  unmarketable,  or
otherwise impaired inventory to net realizable value. The determination of obsolete or excess inventory requires management to estimate the
future demand for the Company’s products. The estimate of future demand is compared to inventory levels to determine the amount, if any,
of obsolete or excess inventory. We identified the net realizable value of inventories as a critical audit matter.

The  principal  considerations  for  our  determination  that  the  net  realizable  value  of  inventories  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  that  significant
judgement by management is needed when determining obsolete or excess inventories, including developing an estimate of future demand.
The estimate of future demand requires management to make subjective and complex assumptions related to market conditions, business
strategies and technology trends. Given this, significant auditor judgment and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s
significant assumptions are required for this estimate.

49

Our audit procedures related to the net realizable value of inventories included the following, among others:

• We  obtained  management’s  analysis  for  estimated  excess  or  obsolete  inventories.  We  evaluated  the  appropriateness  of

management’s approach and tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data.

• We  evaluated  the  reasonableness  of  management’s  significant  assumptions  related  to  future  demand  and  market  conditions
considering current and past results, industry reports, and inquiries with management and employees outside of accounting function.

• We assessed management’s ability to forecast by comparing the actual results with the respective forecast for the same period.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2023.

San Francisco, California
March 13, 2024

50

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Pixelworks, Inc.
Portland, Oregon

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Pixelworks, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2022, and the
related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  loss,  shareholders'  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  and  the
related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's
consolidated  financial  statements.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audit  also  included
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.

Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Armanino 

LLP

San Ramon, California
March 8, 2023

We began serving as the Company's auditor in 2020. In 2023, we became the predecessor auditor.

51

PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets, net
Goodwill

Total assets

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities
Current portion of income taxes payable

Total current liabilities
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion
Deposit liability
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Income taxes payable, net of current portion

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Redeemable non-controlling interest
Shareholders' equity:

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 57,126,680 and 55,113,186 shares issued
and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated deficit

Total Pixelworks, Inc. shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interest

Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest and shareholders' equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

$

$

47,544  $
10,075 
3,968 
3,138 
64,725 
5,997 
4,725 
2,115 
18,407 
95,969  $

2,416  $
9,692 
189 
12,297 
1,373 
13,781 
2,567 
939 
30,957 

28,214 

— 

486,324 
3,378 
(477,161)
12,541 
24,257 
36,798 
95,969  $

56,821 
10,047 
1,760 
3,745 
72,373 
4,632 
3,331 
3,580 
18,407 
102,323 

3,143 
8,849 
519 
12,511 
1,005 
13,537 
2,148 
872 
30,073 

28,919 

— 

481,229 
2,178 
(450,985)
32,422 
10,909 
43,331 
102,323 

 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue, net
Cost of revenue (1)

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (2)
Selling, general and administrative (3)

Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Interest income and other, net

Loss before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net loss
Less: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests and redeemable non-controlling interests

Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.

Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc. per share - basic and diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted

(1) Includes:

Stock-based compensation
Amortization of acquired intangible assets

(2) Includes stock-based compensation
(3) Includes:

Stock-based compensation
Amortization of acquired intangible assets

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53

$

$

$

$

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

59,677  $
33,968 
25,709 

30,878 
23,467 
54,345 
(28,636)
2,050 
(26,586)
357 
(26,943)
767 
(26,176) $

(0.47) $

56,163 

89  $
— 
1,866 

2,841 
— 

70,146 
34,265 
35,881 

30,521 
22,177 
52,698 
(16,817)
700 
(16,117)
(884)
(15,233)
(797)
(16,030)

(0.30)
54,335 

41 
72 
2,351 

2,806 
18 

 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands)

Net loss
Other comprehensive loss:

Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign pension adjustment
Tax effect of foreign pension adjustment

Comprehensive loss
Less: comprehensive (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interest and redeemable non-
controlling interests
Total comprehensive loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

(26,943) $

(15,233)

1,192 
10 
(2)
(25,743)

$

767 
(24,976) $

2,612 
53 
(19)
(12,587)

(797)
(13,384)

54

 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Stock-based compensation
Depreciation and amortization
Deferred income tax expense
Reversal of uncertain tax positions
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current and long-term assets, net
Accounts payable
Accrued current and long-term liabilities
Income taxes payable

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of licensed technology

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net cash used in investing activities

Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to non-controlling interest
Payments on asset financings
Proceeds from issuances of common stock under employee equity incentive plans
Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to certain entities owned by employees

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received
Cash paid during the year for interest

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment and other assets under extended payment terms

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

55

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

(26,943) $

(15,233)

4,796 
4,287 
301 
(2)
— 
— 

(28)
(2,208)
4,508 
(727)
(2,537)
(261)
(18,814)

(3,832)
(156)
(3,988)

14,596 
(1,370)
299 
— 
13,525 
(9,277)
56,821 
47,544  $

315  $
161 

1,922  $

5,198 
4,657 
428 
(2,171)
90 
8 

(1,339)
(291)
1,535 
486 
(6,688)
486 
(12,834)

(1,592)
(1,415)
(3,007)

10,738 
(1,457)
387 
1,407 
11,075 
(4,766)
61,587 
56,821 

188 
196 

1,674 

$

$

$

 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Accumulated
Deficit

Non-
Controlling
Interest

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

Balance as of December 31, 2021
Stock issued under employee equity incentive plans

Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to non-
controlling interest
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.
Foreign pension adjustment, net of tax of $19

Balance as of December 31, 2022
Stock issued under employee equity incentive plans

Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Net proceeds from issuance of equity interest to non-
controlling interest
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
Other
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc.
Foreign pension adjustment, net of tax of $2

Balance as of December 31, 2023

53,367,136 

$

475,644 

$

(468)

$

(434,955) $

1,746,050 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

55,113,186 

2,013,494 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

387 
5,198 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

481,229 

299 
4,796 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
2,612 

— 
— 
— 
34 

2,178 

— 
— 
1,192 

— 
— 
— 
— 
8 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
(16,030)
— 

(450,985)

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
(26,176)
— 

$

— 

— 
— 
— 

10,738 
171 
— 
— 

10,909 

— 
— 
(630)

14,596 
(624)
6 
— 
— 

57,126,680 

$

486,324 

$

3,378 

$

(477,161) $

24,257 

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

40,221 

387 
5,198 
2,612 

10,738 
171 
(16,030)
34 

43,331 

299 
4,796 
562 

14,596 
(624)
6 
(26,176)
8 

36,798 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PIXELWORKS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

NOTE 1.        BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Business

Pixelworks is a leading provider of high-performance and power-efficient visual processing semiconductor and software solutions that enable consistently
high-quality and authentic viewing experiences in a wide variety of applications. We define our primary target markets as Mobile (smartphone and tablet),
Home & Enterprise (projectors, personal video recorders ("PVR"), and over-the-air ("OTA") streaming devices), and Cinema (creation, remastering, and
delivery of digital video content). Previously we classified our primary target markets as Mobile, Projector, Video Delivery and Cinema, but have since
aggregated the Projector and Video Delivery categories into one called "Home & Enterprise".

During  2021,  we  engaged  in  a  strategic  plan  to  re-align  our  Mobile  and  Home  &  Enterprise  businesses  to  improve  their  focus  on  their  Asia-centered
customers and employee stakeholders. One of our Chinese subsidiaries, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (or "PWSH"), now
operates these businesses as a full profit-and-loss center underneath Pixelworks. In connection with this strategic plan, the Company and PWSH closed
three separate financing transactions in 2021 and 2022, which are further described in "Note 14: Redeemable Non-Controlling Interest and Equity Interest
of  PWSH  Sold  to  Employees"  and  "Note  15:  Non-Controlling  Interest",  below.  PWSH  has  a  branch  office  located  in  Shenzhen,  China  (Pixelworks
Semiconductor  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.  Ltd.  Shenzhen  Branch  Office  No.  1),  which  is  primarily  for  sales  and  customer  support  for  PWSH,  and  a
subsidiary located in Hong Kong (Pixelworks Hong Kong Limited), which has no employees and is used for distribution of PWSH products. Pixelworks
has  an  additional  subsidiary  in  China  (Frame  Shadow  Technology  (Shanghai)  Co.,  Ltd.  (formerly  called  Mucheng  Huai  Management  Consulting
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd)) which is a research and development center for our TrueCut business. This subsidiary does not operate under PWSH, but rather is
owned by Pixelworks through our Oregon limited liability company, Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology Company, LLC.

We continue to prepare PWSH to file an application for an initial public offering of PWSH shares on the Shanghai Stock Exchange’s Science Technology
Innovation Board, known as the STAR Market (the “Listing”) once market conditions in China are supportive. We believe that the Listing will have many
benefits,  including  improved  access  to  new  capital  markets  and  the  funding  of  PWSH’s  growth  worldwide.  The  process  of  going  public  on  the  STAR
Market is lengthy and includes several periods of review by various government agencies of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), such as the Shanghai
Stock Exchange (“SSE”) and the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”). The CSRC and the SSE have recently tightened the standards for the
STAR Market and are currently advising companies that are not yet profitable under China GAAP standards against filing an IPO application in the present
environment. The Company believes this is in large part due to the current economic conditions in China and the recent performance of companies already
listed on the STAR Market that were not profitable at the time of their IPO. PWSH is not currently profitable under China GAAP standards. There is no
guarantee that PWSH will be approved for a Listing at any point in the future. The listing of PWSH on the STAR Market will not change the status of
PXLW as a U.S. public company. More than a majority of our operations are in China, but our executive officers and all of our directors but one are located
in the United States (and he resides in Singapore). We are neither a PRC operating company nor do we conduct our operations in China through the use of
variable interest entities.

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pixelworks  and  its  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated.  All  foreign  subsidiaries  use  the  U.S.  dollar  as  the  functional  currency,  and  as  a  result,  transaction  gains  and  losses  are  included  in  the
consolidated statements of operations. Transaction (gains) and losses were $429 and $394 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") requires us to make
estimates and judgments that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Our significant estimates and judgments include
those related to revenue recognition, valuation of excess and obsolete inventory, lives and recoverability of equipment and other long-lived assets, valuation
of goodwill, stock-based compensation and income taxes. The actual results experienced could differ materially from our estimates.

NOTE 2.        SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash and Cash Equivalents

57

We classify all cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase as cash and cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents  totaled  $10,950  and  $23,836  as  of  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  respectively  and  consisted  of  U.S.  denominated  money  market  funds  and
certificates of deposit.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amount and do not bear interest when recorded or accrue interest when past due. Accounts receivable are
reduced by an allowance for credit losses, which is our best estimate of the expected credit losses in our existing accounts receivable. We determine the
allowance based on historical experience and current economic conditions, among other factors. Allowances for doubtful accounts were not material as of
December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022.

We adopted ASC 326 using a modified retrospective approach which requires a cumulative effect adjustment as of the beginning of the reporting period in
which the guidance is adopted. We adopted Topic 326 effective January 1, 2023. The adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

Inventories

Inventories consist of finished goods and work-in-process, and are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-
out basis) or net realizable value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets
which are generally as follows:

Software
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Tooling
Leasehold improvements

Lesser of 3 years or contractual license term
2 years
2 to 5 years
Lesser of lease term or estimated useful life

The cost of property and equipment repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred.

Licensed Technology

We have capitalized licensed technology assets in other long-term assets. These assets are stated at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
term of the license or the estimated life of the asset, if the license is not contractually limited, which is generally two to five years.

58

 
Useful Lives and Recoverability of Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate the remaining useful life and recoverability of equipment and other assets, including identifiable intangible assets, whenever events or changes
in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If there is an indicator of impairment, we prepare an estimate of
future, undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of each asset and its eventual disposition. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value
of the asset, we adjust the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value. We have concluded that the carrying value of our long-lived assets is
recoverable as of December 31, 2023.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized, rather it is tested, at least annually, for impairment at a reporting unit level. Impairment of goodwill is the condition that exists
when the carrying amount of a reporting unit that includes goodwill exceeds its fair value. A goodwill impairment loss is recognized for the amount that the
carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. If
the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired.

We evaluate impairment using the guidance set forth in FASB Accounting Standards Update No. 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):
Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment which states that an entity may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform
the quantitative goodwill impairment test. If determined to be necessary, the quantitative impairment test shall be used to identify goodwill impairment and
measure  the  amount  of  goodwill  impairment  loss  to  be  recognized.  An  entity  has  an  unconditional  option  to  bypass  the  qualitative  assessment  for  any
reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to the quantitative goodwill impairment test. We performed a qualitative assessment during the fourth
quarter of 2023 and concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As a result, we
concluded that a quantitative impairment test was not required and that goodwill was not impaired.

Stock-Based Compensation

We currently sponsor a stock incentive plan that allows for issuance of employee stock options and restricted stock awards, including restricted stock units.
We  also  have  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  for  all  eligible  employees.  The  fair  value  of  share-based  payment  awards  is  expensed  using  the  graded
vesting  method  over  the  requisite  service  period,  which  is  generally  the  vesting  period,  for  each  separately-vesting  tranche  of  the  entire  award.
Additionally, any modification of an award that increases its fair value will require us to recognize additional expense.

The fair value of our stock option grants and purchase rights under our employee stock purchase plan are estimated as of the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model which is affected by our estimates of the risk free interest rate, our expected dividend yield, expected term and the expected
share price volatility of our common shares over the expected term. The fair value of our restricted stock awards are based on the market value of our stock
on the date of grant.

Research and Development

Costs associated with research and development activities are expensed as incurred, except for items with alternate future uses which are capitalized and
depreciated over their estimated useful lives.

On  occasion,  we  enter  into  co-development  arrangements  with  current  or  prospective  customers  to  defray  a  portion  of  the  research  and  development
expenses we expect to incur in connection with our development of an IC product. As amounts become due and payable, they are offset against research
and development expense on a pro-rata basis.

59

Income Taxes

We  account  for  income  taxes  under  the  asset  and  liability  method.  This  approach  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that
includes the enactment date. We establish a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets if it is "more likely than not" that a portion or all of the asset
will not be realized in future tax returns.

An uncertain tax position represents treatment of a tax position taken in a filed tax return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return, that has not been
reflected  in  measuring  income  tax  expense  for  financial  reporting  purposes.  Until  these  positions  are  sustained  by  the  taxing  authorities,  we  do  not
recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and report the tax effects for uncertain tax positions in our consolidated balance sheets.

Risks and Uncertainties

Concentration of Suppliers

We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to manufacture our products internally. We rely on a limited
number of foundries and assembly and test vendors to produce all of our wafers and for completion of finished products. We do not have any long-term
agreements with any of these suppliers. In light of these dependencies, it is reasonably possible that failure to perform by one of these suppliers could have
a severe impact on our results of operations. Additionally, the concentration of these vendors within Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China increases
our risk of supply disruption due to natural disasters, economic instability, political unrest or other regional disturbances.

Risk of Technological Change

The markets in which we compete, or seek to compete, are subject to rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions, changing customer
requirements  for  new  products  and  features,  and  evolving  industry  standards.  The  introduction  of  new  technologies  and  the  emergence  of  new  industry
standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our business.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We limit our exposure
to credit risk associated with cash equivalent balances by holding our funds in high quality, highly liquid money market accounts. We limit our exposure to
credit  risk  associated  with  accounts  receivable  by  carefully  evaluating  creditworthiness  before  offering  terms  to  customers.  To  mitigate  the  risk  of
concentration associated with cash and cash equivalents, funds are held with creditworthy institutions and, at certain times, temporarily swept into insured
programs overnight to reduce single firm concentration risk. Amounts on deposit may exceed federal deposit insurance limits.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In  November  2023,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  ("ASU")  No.  2023-07,  Improvements to
Reportable  Segment  Disclosures  ("ASU  2023-07").  ASU  2023-07  expands  the  disclosures  for  reportable  segments  made  by  public  entities.  The
amendments retain the existing disclosure requirements in ASC 280 and expand upon them to require public entities to disclose significant expenses for
reportable  segments  in  both  interim  and  annual  reporting  periods,  as  well  as  items  that  were  previously  disclosed  only  annually  on  an  interim  basis,
including disclosures related to a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets. In addition, entities with a single reportable segment must now provide all
segment disclosures required in ASC 280, including the new disclosures for reportable segments under the amendments in ASU 2023-07. The amendments
do not change the existing guidance on how a public entity identifies and determines its reportable segments. ASU 2023-07 will become effective for us in
the year ending December 31, 2024, and early adoption is permitted. We are evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2023-07 will have on our
financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

60

NOTE 3.        BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

Finished goods
Work-in-process
Inventories

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

2,719  $
1,249 
3,968  $

480 
1,280 
1,760 

We recorded inventory write-downs of $280 and $99 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The inventory write-downs were for
lower of cost or net realizable value and excess and obsolescence exposure. The inventory write-downs were offset by sales of previously written-down
inventory of $0 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of current prepaid expenses, deposits, income taxes receivable and other receivables.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consists of the following:

Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Software
Tooling
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

10,118  $
5,613 
5,081 
1,707 
22,519 
(16,522)

5,997  $

9,637 
6,739 
2,903 
1,513 
20,792 
(16,160)
4,632 

Software amortization was $1,420 and $1,505 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for
equipment, furniture, fixtures, tooling and leasehold improvements was $2,253 and $2,620 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Other Assets, Net

Other  assets  consist  primarily  of  deposits,  deferred  tax  assets  and  licensed  technology.  Amortization  of  licensed  technology  was  $615  and  $532  for  the
years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

61

 
 
 
 
Goodwill

Goodwill resulted from the Acquisition of ViXS Systems, Inc. in 2017, whereby we recorded goodwill of $18,407. See Note 2: "Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies" for information on our assessment of goodwill impairment.

Accrued Liabilities and Current Portion of Long-Term Liabilities

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities consist of the following:

Accrued payroll and related liabilities
Operating lease liability, current
Current portion of accrued liabilities for asset financings
Other accrued expenses

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities

NOTE 4.     FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Measurements

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

4,286  $
2,381 
1,124 
1,901 
9,692  $

3,632 
1,391 
876 
2,950 
8,849 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at
the measurement date. Three levels of inputs may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1:

Level 2:

Level 3:

Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Valuations based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly.

Valuations based on unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data available, which require the reporting entity to develop
its own assumptions.

The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets as of
December 31, 2023 and 2022: 

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

As of December 31, 2023:
Assets:

Cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Certificates of deposit

As of December 31, 2022:
Assets:

Cash equivalents:

Money market funds
Certificates of deposit

$

$

950  $

10,000 

—  $
— 

—  $
— 

950 
10,000 

18,836  $
5,000 

—  $
— 

—  $
— 

18,836 
5,000 

We primarily use the market approach to determine the fair value of our financial instruments. The fair value of our current assets and liabilities, including
accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates the carrying value due to the short-term nature of these balances. We have currently chosen not to
elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

62

 
 
NOTE 5.     LEASES

We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception.  Operating  leases  are  included  in  operating  lease  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  assets,  other  current
liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising
from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the
lease  term.  As  most  of  our  leases  do  not  provide  an  implicit  rate,  we  use  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  information  available  at
commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating lease ROU assets also exclude lease incentives received. For purposes
of calculating operating lease liabilities, lease terms may be deemed to include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the
Company will exercise that option.

We have operating leases primarily for office buildings and spaces. Our leases have remaining lease terms of 1 year to 3 years. Supplemental information
related to lease expense and valuation of the ROU assets and lease liabilities was as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

2,884 

$

2,762 
3,878 

2.19
7.02 %

$

$

2,657 

2,676 
994 

3.12
5.55 %

2,656 
1,907 
713 
87 
5,363 
(415)
4,948 

Operating lease cost
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted average discount rate

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2023 were as follows:

Operating Lease Payments
Years ending December 31:
2024
2025
2026
2027
Total operating lease payments
Less imputed interest

Total operating lease liabilities

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had no operating lease liabilities that had not commenced.

63

NOTE 6.     REVENUE

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised good or service is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect
to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Our principal revenue generating activities consist of the following:

Product  Sales  -  We  sell  integrated  circuit  products,  also  known  as  “chips”  or  “ICs”,  based  upon  a  customer  purchase  order,  which
includes a fixed price per unit. ICs are sold into two target end markets: Mobile and Home & Enterprise. We have elected to account for
shipping  and  handling  as  activities  to  fulfill  the  promise  to  transfer  the  goods,  and  not  evaluate  whether  these  activities  are  promised
services  to  the  customer.  We  generally  satisfy  our  single  performance  obligation  upon  shipment  of  the  goods  to  the  customer  and
recognize revenue at a point in time upon shipment of the underlying product.

Our shipments are subject to limited return rights subject to our limited warranty for our products sold. In addition, we may provide other
credits to certain customers pursuant to price protection and stock rotation rights, all of which are considered variable consideration when
estimating the amount of revenue to recognize. We use the “most likely amount” method to determine the amount of consideration to
which we are entitled. Our estimate of variable consideration is reassessed at the end of each reporting period based on changes in facts
and circumstances. Historically, returns and credits have not been material.

Engineering  Services  -  We  enter  into  contracts  for  professional  engineering  services  that  include  software  development  and
customization. We identify each performance obligation in our engineering services agreements (“ESAs”) at contract inception. The ESA
generally includes project deliverables specified by the customer. The performance obligations in the ESA are generally combined into
one deliverable, with the pricing for services stated at a fixed amount. Services provided under the ESA generally result in the transfer of
control  over  time.  We  recognize  revenue  on  ESAs  based  on  the  proportion  of  labor  hours  expended  to  the  total  hours  expected  to
complete  the  contract  performance  obligation.  ESAs  could  include  substantive  customer  acceptance  provisions.  In  ESAs  that  include
substantive customer acceptance provisions, we recognize revenue upon customer acceptance.

License Revenue - On occasion, we derive revenue from the license of our internally developed intellectual property ("IP"). Additionally,
for  certain  IP  license  agreements,  royalties  are  collected  as  customers  sell  their  own  products  that  incorporate  our  IP.  IP  licensing
agreements  that  we  enter  into  generally  provide  licensees  the  right  to  incorporate  our  IP  components  in  their  products  with  terms  and
conditions that vary by licensee. Fees under these agreements generally include license fees or royalty fees relating to our IP and support
service fees, resulting in two performance obligations. We evaluate each performance obligation, which generally results in the transfer of
control at a point in time for the license fee and over time for support services. Royalties are recognized as revenue is earned, generally
when the customer sells its products that incorporate our IP.

Other  -  From  time-to-time,  we  enter  into  arrangements  for  other  revenue  generating  activities,  such  as  providing  technical  support
services to customers through technical support agreements. In each circumstance, we evaluate such arrangements for our performance
obligations which generally results in the transfer of control for such services over time. Historically, such arrangements have not been
material to our operating results.

64

The following table provides information about disaggregated revenue based on the preceding categories, with IC sales disaggregated further into net
revenue from external customers for each group of similar products, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

IC sales
Engineering services, license and other

Total revenues

IC sales by end market:

Mobile market
Home & Enterprise market

Total IC sales

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

58,603  $
1,074 
59,677  $

68,168 
1,978 
70,146 

Year ended December 31,

2023

2022

29,416  $
29,187 
58,603  $

21,160 
47,008 
68,168 

$

$

$

$

For segment information, including revenue by geographic region, see "Note 13. Segment Information".

Revenue related to the Cinema market was not material in 2023 or 2022 and was therefore included in the engineering services, license revenue and other
category within the Mobile market.

Contract Balances

Our contract balances include accounts receivable, deferred revenue and our liability for warranty returns.

Payment terms and conditions for goods and services provided vary by contract; however, payment is generally required within 30 to 60 days of invoicing.

We have not identified any material costs incurred associated with obtaining a contract with a customer which would meet the criteria to be capitalized,
therefore, these costs are expensed as incurred.

The Company has elected the practical expedient of not accounting for significant financing components if the period between revenue recognition and
when the customer pays for the product or service is one year or less. The aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance
obligations with an original expected duration of greater than one year is $110, which we expect to recognize ratably over the next 11 months.

The following table presents the contract assets and contract liabilities recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and
2021:

Accounts receivable

Deferred revenue

Accounts receivable, net

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities

Liability for Warranty returns

Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities

$

10,075  $
146 
13 

10,047  $
230 
15 

8,708 
50 
17 

Balance Sheet Classification

2023

2022

2021

Year Ended December 31,

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  the  Company  recognized  $120  and  $50,  respectively,  of  revenue  related  to  amounts  that  were
previously included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the period. Deferred revenue fluctuates over time due to changes in the timing of payments
received from customers and revenue recognized for services provided.

65

 
NOTE 7.     INTEREST INCOME AND OTHER, NET

Interest income and other, net consists of the following:

Interest income
Other income
Interest expense

Total interest income and other, net

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

1,950  $
125 
(25)
2,050  $

670 
80 
(50)
700 

The increase in interest income in 2023 compared to 2022 is due to increased interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents balance due to the increase
in the interest rate available throughout the full year in 2023 compared to the full year in 2022.

NOTE 8.     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

During 2021, we entered into a best-efforts co-development agreement with a customer to defray a portion of the research and development expenses we
expect to incur in connection with our development of an integrated circuit product. We expect our development costs to exceed the amounts received from
the customer, and although we expect to sell units of the product to the customer, there is no commitment or agreement from the customer for such sales at
this time. Additionally, we retain ownership of any modifications or improvements to our pre-existing intellectual property and may use such improvements
in products sold to other customers.

Under the co-development agreement, $5,800 was payable by the customer within 60 days of the date of the agreement and three additional payments of
$2,500,  $1,900  and  $1,300  are  each  payable  upon  completion  of  certain  development  milestones.  As  amounts  become  due  and  payable,  they  are  offset
against research and development expense on a pro rata basis. We recognized offsets to research and development expense of $3,243 and $4,338 during the
years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

NOTE 9.        INCOME TAXES

Current and Deferred Income Tax Expense

Domestic and foreign pre-tax loss is as follows:

Domestic
Foreign

Domestic and foreign pre-tax loss

Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to operations is comprised of the following: 

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Total current

Deferred:

Federal
Foreign

Total deferred
Income tax expense (benefit)

66

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(14,835) $
(11,751)
(26,586) $

(20,196)
4,079 
(16,117)

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(325) $
14 
367 
56 

292 
9 
301 
357  $

396 
14 
(1,722)
(1,312)

(364)
792 
428 
(884)

$

$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax rate is as follows: 

Federal statutory rate
Impact of foreign earnings
Change in valuation allowance
Tax contingencies, net of reversals
Corporate restructuring
Expiration of tax attributes
Permanent items
Research and development credits
Stock-based compensation
Adjustment to deferred balances
Other

Effective income tax rate

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

21 %
(10)
(43)
— 
— 
(5)
19 
1 
(3)
18 
1 
(1)%

21 %
(27)
28 
13 
(11)
(12)
(2)
4 
(4)
(4)
(1)
5 %

Deferred Tax Assets, Liabilities and Valuation Allowance

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: 

Deferred tax assets:

Research and experimentation credit and deduction carryforwards
Net operating loss carryforwards
Depreciation and amortization
Reserves and accrued expenses
Deferred stock-based compensation
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
Other

Total gross deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Foreign earnings
Other

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

Less valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2023

2022

$

59,450  $
56,196 
5,402 
1,458 
725 
81 
454 
123,766 

(248)
(403)
(651)
(122,975)

$

140  $

60,041 
44,424 
5,568 
1,000 
821 
163 
1,201 
113,218 

(212)
(620)
(832)
(111,941)
445 

We continue to record a full valuation allowance against our U.S. Canada and China net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, as it is not
more likely than not that we will realize a benefit from these assets in a future period. We have not provided a valuation allowance against our other net
deferred tax assets as we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will realize a benefit from these assets in a future period because our subsidiaries
in these jurisdictions are cost-plus taxpayers. The net valuation allowance increased $11,034 for the year ended December 31, 2023 and decreased $4,431
for the year ended December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2023, we had federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $154,456, $16,324 and $89,001 respectively, which will
begin to expire in 2024 with $31,705 of our federal net operating loss carryforward lasting indefinitely. As of December 31, 2023, we had available federal,
state  and  foreign  research  and  experimentation  tax  credit  carryforwards  of  $5,734,  $5,357,  and  $21,898  respectively.  The  federal  tax  credits  will  begin
expiring in 2024 while the state and foreign credits have an indefinite life. In addition, our Canadian subsidiary has unclaimed scientific and experimental
expenditures to be carried forward and applied against future income in Canada of approximately $120,458.

67

 
 
 
 
Our ability to utilize our federal net operating losses may be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which imposes an
annual limit on the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to use its net operating loss carryforwards to reduce its tax liability. An
ownership change is generally defined as a greater than 50% increase in equity ownership by 5% shareholders in any three-year period.

We are not indefinitely reinvested in the earnings of our subsidiaries in China TrueCut, Japan and Taiwan and have accrued tax on the future repatriation of
cash for jurisdictions where withholding taxes would apply.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("TCJA") was enacted on December 22, 2017. Included in the TCJA is the requirement to capitalize and amortize research and
experimental expenditures starting with the first tax year after December 31, 2021. The required capitalization and amortization of these costs resulted in an
increase to our taxable income before utilization of our operating loss carryforward. The capitalization did not have a significant impact to our income tax
expense or benefit in the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We have recorded tax liabilities to address potential exposures involving positions that could be challenged by taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2023,
the amount of our uncertain tax positions was a liability of $376 and a reduction to deferred tax assets of $1,370. As of December 31, 2022, the amount of
our uncertain tax positions was a liability of $378 and a reduction to deferred tax assets of $1,353.

The following is a summary of the change in our liability for uncertain tax positions and interest and penalties: 

Uncertain tax positions:

Balance at beginning of year
Reversal of accrual for positions taken in a prior year
Accrual for positions taken in current year
Reversals due to lapse of statute of limitations
Reversals due to positions taken in the current year
Balance at end of year

Interest and penalties:

Balance at beginning of year
Accrual for positions taken in prior year
Accrual for positions taken in current year
Reversals due to lapse of statute of limitations
Balance at end of year

2023

2022

1,643  $
(23)
112 
(84)
— 
1,648  $

88  $
11 
— 
(1)
98  $

3,646 
(214)
117 
(97)
(1,809)
1,643 

101 
11 
— 
(24)
88 

$

$

$

$

During  both  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022,  we  recognized  $11  of  interest  and  penalties  in  income  tax  expense  in  our  consolidated
statements of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, one of our Chinese subsidiaries, PWSH settled a portion of the outstanding intercompany debt with the US
parent, Pixelworks, Inc. The portion that was not able to be settled was forgiven and was recognized as taxable income in China. We previously accrued for
a long term liability in the event that the full amount of the intercompany debt would be recognized as taxable income in China. The related uncertain tax
position was reversed as a part of the settlement of the intercompany debt.

We  file  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  and  various  foreign  jurisdictions.  A  number  of  years  may  elapse  before  an  uncertain  tax  position  is  resolved  by
settlement or statutes of limitations. Settlement of any particular position could require the use of cash. If the uncertain tax positions we have accrued for
are  sustained  by  the  taxing  authorities  in  our  favor,  the  reduction  of  the  liability  will  reduce  our  effective  tax  rate.  We  reasonably  expect  reductions  in
unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $81 within the next twelve months due to the expiration of statutes of limitation in federal, state, and foreign
jurisdictions, $3 of which is expected to impact our effective tax rate.

We are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and foreign examinations for years before 2020, 2019 and 2016, respectively. Our net operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards from all years may be subject to adjustment for three years following the year in which utilized. We do not anticipate that any potential
tax adjustments will have a significant impact on our financial position or results of operations.

68

In January 2024, we were notified that our 2019 and 2020 Canada income tax returns have been selected for audit by the Canadian tax authorities. We have
not received any proposed assessments associated with the audit and do not expect any material impacts to our financial statements as a result of the audit.
We were not subject to, nor have we received any notice of, income tax examinations in any other jurisdiction as of December 31, 2023.

NOTE 10.        COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalties

We license technology from third parties and have agreed to pay certain suppliers a royalty based on the number of chips sold or manufactured, the net
sales price of the chips containing the licensed technology or a fixed non-cancelable fee. Royalty expense is recognized based on our estimated average unit
cost for royalty contracts with non-cancelable prepayments and the stated contractual per unit rate for all other agreements. Royalty expense was $145 and
$272 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which is included in cost of revenue in our consolidated statements of operations.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a 401(k) plan for eligible employees. Participants may defer a percentage of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis, not to exceed the
dollar limit that is set by law. A discretionary matching contribution by the Company is allowed and is equal to a uniform percentage of the amount of
salary  reduction  elected  to  be  deferred,  which  percentage  will  be  determined  each  year  by  the  Company.  We  made  contributions  of  $50  and  $54  to  the
401(k) plan during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Software licenses

We acquire rights to use certain software engineer design tools under software licenses.

As of December 31, 2023, future minimum payments under non-cancelable software licenses are as follows: 

Year Ending December 31,

2024
2025
2026

Less: Interest component
Present value of minimum software license payments
Less: Current portion
Long-term portion of obligations

Other Contractual Obligation

Software licenses

1,187 
1,067 
206 
2,460 
(166)
2,294 
(1,124)
1,170 

$

$

As part of the acquisition of ViXS Systems, Inc. ("ViXS") in 2017, we acquired debt associated with an agreement with the Government of Canada called
Technology Partnerships Canada ("TPC"). As part of the TPC agreement, ViXS was provided funding to assist in research and development expenses of
which a portion was later required to be repaid because the conditions for repayment were met. The scheduled payments are made on a quarterly basis and
end in January 2024. $66 and $308 are included in accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Contract Manufacturers

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  commit  to  purchase  products  from  our  contract  manufacturers  to  be  delivered  within  the  next  90  days.  In  certain
situations, should we cancel an order, we could be required to pay cancellation fees. Such obligations could impact our immediate results of operations but
would not materially affect our business.

69

Indemnifications

Certain of our agreements include limited indemnification provisions for claims from third-parties relating to our products and technology. It is not possible
for us to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments or indemnification costs under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature
of our obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. We have not made any payments under these agreements
in  the  past,  and  as  of  December  31,  2023,  we  have  not  incurred  any  material  liabilities  arising  from  these  indemnification  obligations.  In  the  future,
however, such obligations could immediately impact our results of operations but are not expected to materially affect our business.

Legal Proceedings

We  are  subject  to  legal  matters  that  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business.  Although  we  currently  believe  that  resolving  such
matters, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of operations, or our cash flows, these
matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of these matters may change in the future.

NOTE 11.        EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share amounts are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted weighted average shares
outstanding include the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period.

The following schedule reconciles the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

Net loss

Less: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests and redeemable non-controlling interests
Less: Net income attributable to certain entities owned by employees
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks Inc. - for purposes of earnings per share calculation

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted
Net loss attributable to Pixelworks, Inc. per share - basic and diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

(26,943) $

767 
— 
(26,176) $

56,163 

(0.47) $

(15,233)

(797)
(89)
(16,119)

54,335 
(0.30)

$

$

$

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
for the period. The numerator adjustments include an allocation of PWSH income to the non-controlling interests, the redeemable non-controlling interests
and the employee owned entities. The equity interest associated with the employee-owned entities are considered participating securities at PWSH and will
be allocated income, however, they are not required to fund losses, and therefore, no allocations of losses will be made to the employee owned entities in
periods of loss at PWSH. Potentially dilutive common shares from employee equity incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method
to the assumed exercise of outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock
under the employee stock purchase plan.

The following shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

Employee equity incentive plans

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

4,163 

4,071 

Potentially dilutive common shares from employee equity incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of
outstanding stock options, the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, and the assumed issuance of common stock under the employee stock
purchase plan.

70

 
 
 
 
NOTE 12.        SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix
or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to, or imposed on, each series of preferred stock. There were no shares of preferred stock
issued as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Common Stock

The  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  250,000,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  par  value  of  $0.001  per  share.  Shareholders  of  common  stock  have
unlimited voting rights and are entitled to receive the net assets of the Company upon dissolution, subject to the rights of the preferred shareholders, if any.

At the Market Offering

On June 5, 2020, we entered into a sales agreement (the "Sales Agreement") with Cowen and Company, LLC ("Cowen"), pursuant to which we may issue
and  sell  shares  of  the  Company's  common  stock,  par  value  $0.001  per  share,  having  an  aggregate  offering  price  of  up  to  $25,000,  from  time  to  time,
through an "at the market" equity offering program under which Cowen will act as sales agent. Under the Sales Agreement, Cowen may sell the shares by
methods deemed to be an "at the market offering" as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including sales
made by means of ordinary brokers’ transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market or on any other existing trading market for the common stock or otherwise
at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, in block transactions, or as otherwise directed by the Company. We pay Cowen a commission equal to three
percent (3.0%) of the gross sales proceeds of any common stock sold through Cowen under the Sales Agreement. The Sales Agreement may be terminated
by  us  upon  prior  notice  to  Cowen  or  by  Cowen  upon  prior  notice  to  us,  or  at  any  time  under  certain  circumstances,  including  but  not  limited  to  the
occurrence of a material adverse change in the Company. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Sales Agreement.

There was no activity under this at the market offering during the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

Employee Equity Incentive Plans

On May 23, 2006, our shareholders approved the adoption of the Pixelworks, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2006 Plan"). The 2006 Plan has since
been  amended  and  restated  on  certain  occasions,  most  recently  on  May  11,  2023  when  our  shareholders  approved  an  increase  to  the  total  number  of
authorized shares to 27,433,333 shares. As of December 31, 2023, 2,509,390 shares were available for grant under the 2006 Plan.

Stock Options

The contractual life of newly issued stock option awards is six years. Our new hire vesting schedule provides that each option becomes exercisable at a rate
of 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant and 2.083% on the last day of every month thereafter for a total of 36 additional increments. Our merit
vesting schedule provides that merit-type awards become exercisable monthly over a period of three years.

The following is a summary of stock option activity: 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2022:
Granted
Exercised
Canceled and forfeited
Expired
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2023:

71

Number of
shares

Weighted
average
exercise
price

400,000  $
— 
— 
— 
(9,000)
391,000  $

2.33 
— 
— 
— 
4.80 

2.28 

 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding as of December 31, 2023:

Range of exercise prices

$1.86 - $1.86
2.00 - 2.00
2.07- 6.05
$1.86 - $6.05

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number
outstanding as of
December 31,
2023

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life

Weighted
average
exercise
price

Number
exercisable as of
December 31,
2023

Weighted
average
exercise
price

52,745 
234,000 
104,255 
391,000 

4.69 $
2.85
2.78

3.08 $

1.86 
2.00 
3.11 

2.28 

16,484  $
234,000 
70,334 
320,818  $

1.86 
2.00 
3.62 

2.35 

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no options exercised. As of December 31, 2023, options outstanding had a total intrinsic
value of $0.

Options outstanding that have vested and are expected to vest as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

Vested
Expected to vest
Total

Restricted Stock

Number of
shares

320,818  $
64,174 
384,992  $

Weighted
average
exercise
price

2.35 
1.96 

2.28 

Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term

Aggregate
intrinsic
value

2.76 $
4.56
3.06 $

— 
— 
— 

The  2006  Plan  provides  for  the  issuance  of  restricted  stock,  including  restricted  stock  units.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2022  we
granted  2,559,137  and  2,289,418  shares,  respectively,  of  restricted  stock  with  a  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  $1.39  and  $2.58  per  share,
respectively.

The following is a summary of restricted stock activity:

Unvested at December 31, 2022:
Granted
Vested
Canceled

Unvested at December 31, 2023:
Expected to vest after December 31, 2023

72

Number of
shares

Weighted average grant
date fair value

3,375,754  $
2,559,137 
(1,828,835)
(118,405)
3,987,651  $

3,705,585  $

2.99 
1.39 
2.95 
2.91 
1.98 

1.99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plans

On May 18, 2010, our shareholders approved the adoption of the 2010 Pixelworks, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") for U.S. employees
and for certain foreign subsidiary employees. The ESPP provides for separate offering periods commencing on February 1 and August 1, with the first
offering  period  beginning  August  1,  2010.  Each  offering  period  continues  for  a  period  of  18  months  with  purchases  every  six  months.  Each  eligible
employee may purchase up to 3,000 shares of stock on each purchase date, with a maximum annual purchase amount of $25. The purchase price is equal to
85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the shares on the offering date or on the purchase date. On May 15, 2020 the ESPP was amended when our
shareholders approved an increase to the total number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance to 3,300,000. During the years ended December 31,
2023 and 2022, we issued 184,659 and 171,620 shares, respectively for proceeds of $299 and $388, respectively, under the ESPP.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The  fair  value  of  stock-based  compensation  was  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  and  the  following  weighted  average
assumptions:

Stock Option Plans:

Risk free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected term (in years)
Volatility

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

Risk free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected term (in years)
Volatility

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

0 %
0 %
0.00
— %

6.70 %
0 %
1.56
85 %

3.08 %
0 %
5.00
71 %

2.30 %
0 %
1.33
104 %

There  were  no  options  granted  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023.  The  weighted  average  fair  value  of  options  granted  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022 was $1.19. The risk free interest rate is estimated using an average of treasury bill interest rates. The expected dividend yield is zero as
we have not paid any dividends to date and do not expect to pay dividends in the future. Expected volatility is estimated based on the historical volatility of
our common stock over the expected term as this represents our best estimate of future volatility. We recognize forfeitures as they occur. The contractual
life of newly issued stock options is six years, and we have elected to use the "simplified method" to estimate expected term. Under the simplified method,
an option's expected term is calculated as the average of its vesting period and original contractual life. The expected term of ESPP purchase rights is based
on the estimated weighted average time to purchase. The vesting period for restricted stock units is approximately three years.

As of December 31, 2023, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense is $3,373, which is expected to be recognized as stock-based compensation
expense over a weighted average period of 0.97 years.

73

NOTE 13.        SEGMENT INFORMATION

We operate in one segment: the design, development, marketing and sale of IC solutions for use in electronic display devices. We generate our revenue
from two broad product markets: the Mobile market and the Home & Enterprise market. The chief operating decision maker, or CODM, is our CEO. Our
CODM evaluates financial performance and allocates resources using financial information reported on a company-wide basis. The Cinema market does
not contribute material revenue and is therefore being included in this one segment.

Geographic Information

Revenue by geographic region, was as follows:

China
Japan
Taiwan
U.S.
Korea
Europe

Significant Customers

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

33,624  $
24,083 
1,813 
157 
— 
— 
59,677  $

25,570 
37,675 
3,032 
3,442 
277 
150 
70,146 

The percentage of revenue attributable to our distributors, top five end customers, and individual distributors or end customers that represented more than
10% of revenue in at least one of the periods presented, is as follows:

Distributors:

All distributors
Distributor A
Distributor B

1
End Customers: 

Top five end customers
End customer A
End customer B
End customer C

Year Ended December 31,

2023

2022

66 %
48 %
8 %

87 %
34 %
32 %
— %

1
 End customers include customers who purchase directly from us, as well as customers who purchase our products indirectly through distributors.

Each of the following accounts represented 10% or more of total accounts receivable in at least one of the periods presented:

Account W
Account X
Account Y
Account Z

December 31,

2023

2022

46 %
33 %
8 %
— %

74

57 %
29 %
17 %

76 %
13 %
37 %
14 %

31 %
27 %
11 %
12 %

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14.     REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST AND EQUITY INTEREST OF PWSH SOLD TO EMPLOYEES

During 2021, Pixelworks and PWSH entered into a capital increase agreement (the "Capital Increase Agreement") with certain private equity and strategic
investors based in China (collectively, the “Investors”) and certain entities which collectively are owned by approximately 75% of the employees of PWSH
and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ESOP”) (together, the “Investors” and the “ESOP” are referred to below as the “Capital Contributors”). The ESOP
entities do not qualify as Employee Share Ownership Programs under IRC 4975(e)(7), but do qualify as employee share ownership plans qualified under
the  laws  of  China,  under  which  the  employees  hold  a  pro  rata  share  of  an  ESOP  partnership  entity  that  then  holds  an  equity  ownership  in  trust  for
employees.

Under the Capital Increase Agreement, during 2021, the Investors invested approximately $30,844 in exchange for a redeemable non-controlling equity
interest  of  10.45%  of  PWSH  and  the  ESOP  entities  invested  approximately  $12,329  in  exchange  for  a  redeemable  non-controlling  equity  interest
representing 5.95% of PWSH, which includes a discount of 30% from the valuation paid by the Investors. The agreement further provided that the Capital
Contributors have a liquidation preference in PWSH, a right to co-sell their interest in PWSH along with Pixelworks on the same terms and conditions as
Pixelworks, a right to participate on a pro rata basis in any future financing rounds of PWSH, and Pixelworks’ agreement while it remains an owner of
PWSH  and  for  two  (2)  years  thereafter  to  not  compete  with  the  business  of  PWSH,  nor  solicit  or  otherwise  cause  any  of  PWSH’s  core  employees  or
customers to end their relationship with PWSH. These rights all expire upon initial public offering on the STAR Market.

Prior to entering into a certain supplemental agreement, each Investor had the option to require PWSH to redeem the entire equity interest held by such
Investor, at the original purchase price paid plus 3% annual interest, if PWSH did not consummate an initial public offering on the STAR Market on or
before June 30, 2024. Based on this contingency, the initial carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests was recorded at fair value on the
date of issuance of PWSH equity interests, net of issuance costs and presented in temporary equity on the consolidated balance sheets. Until the interest
that was to accrue on the redeemable non-controlling interest was deleted with the Supplemental Agreement, the Company had elected to accrete changes
in the redemption value of the redeemable non-controlling interests from the issuance date through the earliest redemption date of June 30, 2024 using the
interest method (as the non-controlling interest was probable of becoming redeemable upon the passage of time for the original issuance price plus 3%
annual interest).

On March 24, 2022, Pixelworks and PWSH entered into a supplemental agreement to the Capital Increase Agreement (the “Supplemental Agreement”)
with the Capital Contributors. The Supplemental Agreement, among other things, deletes the interest that was to accrue in connection with the redemption
option,  and  adds  a  provision  that  will  suspend  the  redemption  option  on  the  date  PWSH  files  its  initial  public  offering  listing  documents  pending  the
approval of such documents by the applicable authorities. The suspension ends if PWSH withdraws the listing application or such application is finally
rejected, at which point the redemption option will once again become effective with a deadline of the later of the date of the withdrawal/rejection and June
30, 2024. Given the current uncertain economic environment of China and its impact on the suitability of seeking a Listing at this present time, PWSH is
engaged in and intends to continue discussions with the Investors regarding an extension or removal of this redemption option.

In  connection  with  the  Supplemental  Agreement,  on  March  24,  2022,  Pixelworks  and  the  Capital  Contributors  entered  into  a  side  letter  to  the  Capital
Increase Agreement (the “Side Letter”) which provides that, in the event of a change in control of Pixelworks, Pixelworks shall ensure that the definitive
agreement related to such transaction includes a post-closing repurchase covenant that requires the successor entity in such transaction to repurchase all of
PWSH’s equity held by a Capital Contributor at the original subscription price plus 20% upon the request of the Capital Contributor within 60 days after (a)
the change in control; or (b) if PWSH fails to consummate its initial public offering by June 30, 2024, because Pixelworks decides against pursuing the
offering.  If  PWSH  continues  to  diligently  pursue  the  application  but  the  initial  public  offering  still  fails  to  launch  by  June  30,  2024,  the  redemption
obligation of the Supplemental Agreement would instead apply. The Side Letter terminates on the launch date of PWSH’s initial public offering.

After entering into the Supplemental Agreement, the redeemable non-controlling interest will no longer accrete up to a redemption amount because the
interest  component  has  been  removed.  The  Investors  will  continue  to  hold  PWSH  equity  and  be  considered  as  a  redeemable  non-controlling  interest,
however,  the  redeemable  non-controlling  interest  is  only  probable  of  becoming  redeemable  upon  the  passage  of  time  for  its  original  issuance  price.
Therefore, until the redemption feature expires, we will only allocate profits to the redeemable non-controlling interest and continue to recognize the non-
controlling interest at an amount at least equal to its redemption value. Because the redeemable non-controlling interest is denominated in RMB, it will be
revalued to USD at the end of each reporting period, with the changes in carrying value attributable to foreign currency being reflected within accumulated
other comprehensive income on the consolidated balance sheets.

75

Each of the ESOP entities has the option to require a repurchase of the entire equity interest held by such ESOP entities at the original purchase price paid
plus 5% annual interest, if PWSH does not achieve its Listing on or before December 31, 2024. Because the ESOP entities are owned by employees of
PWSH and its subsidiaries and employees are required to render service until either the initial public offering on the STAR Market or repurchase date, the
equity interest owned by the ESOP entities will be accounted for under ASC 718 (Compensation - Stock Compensation). The initial carrying amount of the
investment has been recorded as a long-term deposit liability on the consolidated balance sheets as the initial public offering cannot be considered probable
at  this  time.  We  will  recognize  the  periodic  interest  component  of  the  award  as  compensation  expense  and  accrete  the  long-term  deposit  liability  to  its
redemption  value  as  of  December  31,  2024.  Because  the  long-term  deposit  liability  is  denominated  in  RMB  and  is  considered  a  monetary  liability  as
defined  in  ASC  255  (Changing  Prices),  it  will  be  revalued  to  USD  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period,  with  the  changes  in  carrying  value  recorded  as
foreign currency gain/loss in our consolidated statements of operations. The Supplemental Agreement does not remove the obligation to repurchase the
ESOP interests if PWSH fails to consummate an initial public offering by December 31, 2024 along with the 5% annual simple interest.

On  December  21,  2022,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiary,  PWSH,  entered  into  a  capital  increase  agreement  (the  “CIA”)  with  Jing  Xin  Ying  (Shanghai)
Management  Consulting  Partnership  (Limited  Partnership),  an  entity  owned  by  certain  of  the  employees  of  PWSH  (the  “ESOP”).  The  ESOP  invested
approximately  $1,407  in  exchange  for  an  equity  interest  in  PWSH  of  0.54%,  based  on  a  pre-money  valuation  of  PWSH  of  RMB  1,750,000  ($251,256
USD), which includes a discount of 50%.

The CIA provides that if there is a change in control of PWSH that closes prior to its filing an application for the Listing, each capital contributor would be
entitled to a minimum return of 10% on the price they paid for their respective equity interest, payable by the Company in cash at the close of the change in
control transaction, with such right terminating automatically upon the filing by PWSH of the Listing. The ESOP has a redemption right that is identical to
that held by the other ESOP investors from the financing round that closed in 2021: if the Listing is not consummated prior December 31, 2024, the 2022
ESOP may elect to require a repurchase of its respective equity interest for a price equal to the initial purchase price paid plus annual simple interest at a
rate of 5%.

The process of going public on the STAR Market includes several periods of review and is therefore a lengthy process. There can be no assurances that
PWSH will complete the Listing by June 30, 2024, or at all. In the event Pixelworks is required to redeem the entire equity interest held by the Investors or
the ESOP entities, we may be required to seek additional capital in order to redeem their PWSH shares and there would be no assurances that such capital
would be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any redemptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results
of operations. The listing of PWSH on China's STAR Market will not change our status as a U.S. public company.

The components of the change in redeemable non-controlling interests for the year ended December 31, 2023 are presented in the following table:

Carrying Value of Redeemable NCI as of January 1, 2023
Net loss attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to redeemable non-controlling interest
Carrying Value of Redeemable NCI as of December 31, 2023

$

$

28,919 
(143)
(562)
28,214 

NOTE 15: NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST

On  August  15,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  an  Equity  Transfer  Agreement  with  certain  private  equity  investors  based  in  China  (Hainan  Qixin
Investment Partnership (Limited Partnership) and Suzhou Saixiang Equity Investment Partnership (Limited Partnership)) (collectively, the “Purchasers”).
Under  this  agreement,  the  Purchasers  agreed  to  pay  to  the  Company,  subject  to  customary  closing  conditions,  a  total  of  87,500  RMB,  approximately
$10,738 (net of issuance costs) at closing, in exchange for a 2.74% equity interest in PWSH. The Company incurred costs related to the sale of equity in
PWSH of $275 paid to a third party for assisting in the transaction close as well as 8,408 RMB to fulfill Chinese withholding tax requirements. Both of
these costs are direct and incremental and related to the sale of equity in PWSH and as such will be included as costs that reduce proceeds and carrying
amount of the NCI in the Company’s balance sheet.

The Equity Transfer Agreement provides the Purchasers with some additional rights: (1) if there is a change in control of PWSH that closes prior to its
filing an application for a listing on the STAR Board of the SSE (the “Listing Application”), each Purchaser would be entitled to a minimum return of 10%
on the price they paid for their respective equity interest, payable by Company in cash at the close of the change in control transaction, with such right
terminating automatically upon the filing by PWSH of the Listing Application; and (2) the Company would cause PWSH to give each Purchaser a right to
participate on a pro rata basis in any future financing rounds of PWSH, which right also would expire on the filing of a Listing Application.

76

On December 21, 2022, the Company and its subsidiary, PWSH, entered into a capital increase agreement (the “CIA”) with certain private equity investors
based in China who have agreed to pay a total of 99,000 RMB, approximately $14,596 (net of issuance costs) at closing, in exchange for an equity interest
in PWSH of 2.76%, based on a pre-money value of PWSH of 3,500,000 RMB, approximately $501,400. This transaction closed in February 2023.

The CIA provides that if there is a change in control of PWSH that closes prior to its filing an application for the Listing, each capital contributor would be
entitled to a minimum return of 10% on the price they paid for their respective equity interest, payable by the Company in cash at the close of the change in
control transaction, with such right terminating automatically upon the filing by PWSH of the Listing.

When the Company’s relative ownership interest in PWSH changes, adjustments to non-controlling interest and paid-in capital, tax effected, will occur.
Because these changes in the ownership interest in PWSH do not result in a change of control, the transactions are accounted for as equity transactions
under ASC Topic 810, (-Consolidations), which requires that any differences between the carrying value of the Company’s interest in PWSH and the fair
value of the consideration received are recognized directly in equity and attributed to the controlling interest. Additionally, there are no substantive profit-
sharing arrangements that would cause distributions to be other than pro rata. Therefore, profits and losses are attributed to the common shareholders of
PWSH and non-controlling interest pro rata based on ownership interests in PWSH. The following table reconciles the initial investment by the Purchasers
and the carrying value of their non-controlling interest as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Equity Transfer Agreement):

Carrying Value of Permanent Equity Non-Controlling Interest as of January 1, 2023
Increase in additional paid-in capital
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
Closing and direct costs incurred
Effect of foreign currency translation attributable to non-controlling interest
Other
Carrying Value of Permanent Equity Non-Controlling Interest as of December 31, 2023

$

$

10,909 
14,742 
(624)
(146)
(630)
6 
24,257 

Item 9.

None.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive
Officer  (our  Principal  Executive  Officer)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (our  Principal  Accounting  and  Financial  Officer)  of  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")). Based on this
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act is (i) recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated
and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions
regarding disclosure.

77

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). All internal control systems, no matter
how well designed, have inherent limitations.

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  under  the
oversight of our Board of Directors, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, the last day of
our fiscal year. This evaluation was based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of the end of the fiscal year to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP,
and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the
company; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Accordingly,  even  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  can  only  provide
reasonable assurance of achieving its control objectives.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has not been audited by
the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. Management’s report is not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered
public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in
this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred
during the fourth quarter of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.

Other Information.

Rule 10b5-1 and Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangements

None  of  the  Company’s  directors  or  officers  adopted  or  terminated  a  “Rule  10b5-1  trading  arrangement”  or  a  “non-Rule  10b5-1  trading  arrangement”
during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2023, as such terms are defined under Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C.    Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

78

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Information  required  by  Item  10  with  respect  to  our  directors  and  executive  officers  will  be  set  forth  under  the  captions  "Proposal  No.  1:  Election  of
Directors  -  Director  Nominees  for  Election"  and  "Information  About  Our  Executive  Officers"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2024  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders (the "2024 Proxy Statement") to be filed within 120 days after December 31, 2023 and pursuant to Regulation 14A and is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 405 of Regulation S-K calls for disclosure of any known late filing or failure by an insider to file a report required by Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). To the extent disclosure for delinquent reports is being made, it can be found under the caption
"Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports" in the 2024 Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  (the  "Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics")  that  applies  to  all  directors  and  employees,
including our Chief Executive Officer (our Principal Executive Officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our Principal Accounting and Financial Officer).
We have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior or Designated Financial Personnel (the "Code of Ethics for Senior or Designated Financial Personnel")
that applies to our Chief Executive Officer (our Principal Executive Officer), our Chief Financial Officer (our Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
and other designated financial personnel. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Code of Ethics for Senior or Designated Financial Personnel
are  each  available  on  our  website  free  of  charge  at  www.pixelworks.com.  We  intend  to  disclose  any  changes  in  or  waivers  from  our  Code  of  Business
Conduct and Ethics or Code of Ethics for Senior or Designated Financial Personnel by posting such information on our website at www.pixelworks.com or
by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

We have a separately designated standing audit committee established in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The members of the audit
committee  are  Dean  W.  Butler,  Daniel  J.  Heneghan,  and  C.  Scott  Gibson.  The  audit  committee  has  the  responsibility  and  authority  described  in  the
Pixelworks,  Inc.  Charter  of  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  which  has  been  approved  by  our  board  of  directors.  A  copy  of  the  audit
committee charter is available on our website at www.pixelworks.com. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Butler, Mr. Heneghan and Mr. Gibson
meet the independence requirements set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and in the applicable rules of Nasdaq. In addition, our board of
directors has determined that Mr. Butler, Mr. Heneghan and Mr. Gibson each qualify as an audit committee financial expert as defined by Securities and
Exchange Commission rules.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

Information required by Item 11 with respect to executive compensation will be included under the captions "Executive Compensation" and "Information
About Our Board of Directors - Director Compensation" in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Information required by Item 12 with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related shareholder matters will be
included  under  the  captions  "Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management"  and  "Information  About  Our  Equity  Compensation
Plans" in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information required by Item 13 with respect to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will be included under the captions
"Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions" and "Information About Our Board of Directors" in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information required by Item 14 with respect to principal accounting fees and services will be set forth under the captions "Principal Accounting Fees and
Services" and "Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services" in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

79

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

    Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB IDs: 32 & 248)
    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
    Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.    Financial Statement Schedules.

All  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  the  required  information  is  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  the  notes  thereto,  or  is  not
applicable or required.

3. Exhibits.

The exhibits listed below are either filed with this report or incorporated by reference into this report.

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1+

10.2+

Description

Sixth  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.,  as  amended  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2022).

Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii).1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2023).

Description of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 11, 2020).

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Pixelworks,  Inc.  and  each  of  the  members  of  the  Board  and  Haley  Aman,  the  Company’s  Chief
Financial Officer. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2018).

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2022).

10.3+

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

10.4+

10.5+

Pixelworks,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  Terms  and  Conditions  of  Restricted  Stock  Awards  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 7, 2009).

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Option Grants (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2012).

80

 
10.6+

10.7+

10.8+

10.9+

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Director Stock Unit Awards (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 4, 2010).

Pixelworks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

Pixelworks,  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  2006  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  Form  of  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2021).

Summary of Pixelworks, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed on March 9, 2022).

10.10+

Form of Pixelworks, Inc. Senior Management Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on December 31, 2009).

10.11+

Offer Letter with Todd A. DeBonis dated December 9, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2016).

10.12+

Change of Control and Severance Agreement effective January 4, 2016, by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Todd A. DeBonis (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2017).

10.13+

Amended and Restated Change of Control and Severance Agreement by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Todd A. DeBonis, dated April 11,
2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 15, 2019).

10.14+

Form  of  Addendum  to  Change  of  Control  Agreement  for  Officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company's  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on May 23, 2014).

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

Office  Lease  Agreement  dated  December  28,  2005,  by  and  between  CA-The  Concourse  Limited  Partnership  and  Pixelworks,  Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2006).

Office Lease Agreement dated September 10, 2008 and commencing December 1, 2008 by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Durham Plaza,
LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2008).

First Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, dated April 16, 2013, by and between CA-The Concourse Limited Partnership and Pixelworks,
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

Second  Amendment  to  Office  Lease  Agreement,  dated  July  25,  2018,  by  and  between  Hudson  Concourse,  LLC,  and  Pixelworks,  Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2018).

10.19

Third Amendment to Office Lease Agreement, dated January 31, 2024, by and between Hudson Concourse, LLC, and Pixelworks, Inc.

10.20

First  Amendment  to  Lease,  dated  July  1,  2013,  by  and  between  Durham  Plaza,  LLC  and  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to
Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 4, 2015).

81

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24*

10.25*

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

Second Amendment to Lease, dated May 18, 2016, by and between Kalberer Company and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.25 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2017).

Third Amendment to Lease, dated January 30, 2019, by and between Kalberer Company and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 10, 2019).

Sales Agreement, dated June 5, 2020, between Pixelworks, Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 5, 2020).

Amended and Restated Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 4, 2020, between the Company and the investors named therein.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2021).

Form of Capital Increase Agreement dated as of August 21, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2021).

Schedule identifying agreements substantially identical to the form of agreement in Exhibit 10.24 hereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.02a to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2021).

Change of Control and Severance Agreement by and between Pixelworks, Inc. and Haley F. Aman, dated January 28, 2022 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2022).

Supplemental Agreement to Capital Increase Agreement dated as of March 24, 2022 between the Company and the other parties named
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2022).

Side Letter to Capital Increase Agreement dated as of March 24, 2022 between the Company and the other parties named therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 28, 2022).

Form of Equity Transfer Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on
November 8, 2022).

Schedule identifying agreements substantially identical to the form of agreement filed as Exhibit 10.30 hereto (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2022).

10.32*

Form of Capital Increase Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on
March 8, 2023).

10.33

Schedule identifying agreements substantially identical to the form of agreement in Exhibit 10.32 hereto. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 8, 2023).

21

23.1

23.2

24.1

Subsidiaries of Pixelworks, Inc.

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

Consent of Armanino LLP.

Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

82

31.1

31.2

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

32.1**

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

32.2**

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350).

97

Executive Compensation Recovery Policy, as amended and restated as of August 14, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 17, 2023).

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

+
*

**

Indicates a management contract or compensation arrangement.
Certain schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to
furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the SEC upon request.

Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are being furnished and shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section,  nor  shall  such  exhibits  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by
reference  in  any  registration  statement  or  other  document  filed  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Exchange  Act,  except  as
otherwise stated in such filing.

83

 
(b) Exhibits.

    See Item 15 (a) (3) above.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules.

    See Item 15 (a) (2) above.

Item 16.     Form 10-K Summary.

Not applicable.

84

Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 13, 2024

By:

PIXELWORKS, INC.

/s/ Todd A. DeBonis
Todd A. DeBonis
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  each  person  whose  signature  appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints  Todd  A.  DeBonis  and  Haley  F.
Aman, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any
amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Todd A. DeBonis
Todd A. DeBonis

/s/ Haley F. Aman
Haley F. Aman

/s/ Daniel J. Heneghan
Daniel J. Heneghan

/s/ Amy Bunszel
Amy Bunszel

/s/ Dean W. Butler
Dean W. Butler

/s/ C. Scott Gibson
C. Scott Gibson

/s/ John Y. Liu
John Y. Liu

/s/ David J. Tupman
David J. Tupman

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Chairman of the Board

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

85

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

March 13, 2024

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 10.3

APPENDIX A

PIXELWORKS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2006 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Stock Incentive Plan are to attract, retain and reward individuals who can and do contribute to
the Company's success by providing Employees and Consultants an opportunity to share in the equity of the Company and to more closely
align their interests with the Company and its shareholders.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

2.1. Administrator” shall mean the Board or any of its Committees appointed to administer the Plan, in accordance with Section 4.1.

2.2. “Award” shall mean an award of an Option, SAR or Sale of Shares under the Plan.

2.3. “Award Agreement” shall mean a written agreement between the Company and a Grantee evidencing the terms and conditions of

an individual Award grant. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.4. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.6. “Committee” shall mean a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan.

2.7. “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

2.8. “Company” shall mean Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon corporation.

2.9. “Consultant”  shall  mean  any  non-Employee  who  is  engaged  by  the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary  to  render  consulting

services and is compensated for such consulting services and any Director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

2.10. “Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an
Employee  or  Consultant.  Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee  or  Consultant  shall  not  be  considered  interrupted  in  the  case  of:  (i)  any  sick
leave,  military  leave,  or  any  other  leave  of  absence  approved  by  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  for  purposes  of  Incentive  Stock
Options, any such leave is for a period of not more than ninety days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by
contract or statute, provided, further, that on the ninety-first day of such leave (where re-employment is not guaranteed by contract or statute)
the Grantee's Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Nonqualified Stock Option; or (ii) transfers between locations of the
Company or between the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or its successor.

2.11. “Director” shall mean a member of the Board.

2.12. “Disability” shall mean total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.13. “Employee”  shall  mean  any  person,  including  Officers  and  Directors,  employed  by  the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary.
Neither the payment of a director's fee by the Company nor service as a Director or Consultant shall be sufficient to constitute “employment”
by the Company.

2.14. “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.15. “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

2.15.1. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the
Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a
Share (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The
Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; provided, if the date of determination does not fall on a day on
which the Common Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair

Exhibit 10.3

Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Common Stock was so traded prior to the date of determination, or such
other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion;

2.15.2. If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, Fair Market Value
shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal
or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; provided, if the date of determination does not fall on a day on which the Common
Stock has been so quoted, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Common Stock was
so quoted prior to the date of determination, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion;

2.15.3. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined in good

faith by the Administrator.

2.16. “Grantee” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award hereunder, or the permitted successor or legal

representative of such Employee or Consultant.

2.17.  “Incentive  Stock  Option”  shall  mean  an  Option  intended  to  qualify  as  an  incentive  stock  option  within  the  meaning  of

Section 422 of the Code.

2.18. “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of

Section 422 of the Code.

2.19. “Notice of Grant”  shall  mean  a  written  notice  evidencing  certain  terms  and  conditions  of  an  individual  Award.  The  Notice  of

Grant is part of the Award Agreement.

2.20. “Officer” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the

rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.21. “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.22. “Optioned Stock” shall mean the Shares subject to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

2.23. “Parent” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.24. “Performance Criteria” shall mean a formula or standard determined at the discretion of the Administrator with respect to a
Performance Period utilizing one or more of the following factors, whether in absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more
similarly  situated  companies  or  a  published  index:  (i)  operating  income,  operating  cash  flow  and  operating  expense;  (ii)  earnings  before
interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization;  (iii)  earnings;  (iv)  cash  flow;  (v)  market  share;  (vi)  sales;  (vii)  revenue;  (viii)  profits  before
interest and taxes; (ix) expenses; (x) cost of goods sold; (xi) profit/loss or profit margin; (xii) working capital; (xiii) return on capital, equity
or assets; (xiv) earnings per share; (xv) economic value added; (xvi) stock price; (xvii) price/earnings ratio; (xviii) debt or debt-to-equity;
(xix)  accounts  receivable;  (xx)  writeoffs;  (xxi)  cash;  (xxii)  assets;  (xxiii)  liquidity;  (xxiv)  operations;  (xxv)  intellectual  property  (e.g.,
patents);  (xxvi)  product  development;  (xxvii)  regulatory  activity;  (xxviii)  manufacturing,  production  or  inventory;  (xxix)  mergers  and
acquisitions  or  divestitures;  (xxx)  financings;  (xxxi)  total  shareholder  return;  and/or  (xxxii)  any  other  performance  factor  selected  by  the
Administrator. Performance Criteria may be established on a Company-wide basis or with respect to one or more business units, divisions, or
Subsidiaries.  When  establishing  Performance  Criteria  for  a  Performance  Period,  the  Administrator  may  exclude  any  or  all  “extraordinary
items” as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles including, without limitation, the charges or costs associated with
restructurings of the Company or any Subsidiary, discontinued operations, other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of
accounting  changes.  The  Administrator  may  also  adjust  the  Performance  Criteria  for  any  Performance  Period  as  it  deems  equitable  in
recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles, or such other
factors as the Administrator may determine.

2.25.  “Performance  Period”  shall  mean  the  period  selected  by  the  Administrator  during  which  performance  is  measured  for  the

purpose of determining the extent to which an Award subject to Performance Criteria has been earned.

2.26. “Plan” shall mean this Amended and Restated 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

2.27. “Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being

exercised with respect to the Plan.

Exhibit 10.3

2.28. “Sale” or “Sold” shall include, with respect to the sale of Shares under the Plan, the sale of Shares for any form of consideration
specified in Section 8.2, as well as a grant of Shares for consideration in the form of past or future services. For purposes of clarity, a “Sale”
of  Shares  or  Shares  “Sold”  shall  include,  without  limitation,  awards  of  stock  bonuses,  restricted  stock,  stock  units,  performance  stock,
performance  units  or  similar  rights  to  acquire  Shares,  whether  upon  the  passage  of  time,  the  occurrence  of  one  or  more  events,  the
satisfaction of Performance Criteria or other conditions, or any combination thereof.

2.29. “Share” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan.

2.30. “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean a right to receive from the Company, with respect to each Share as to which
the SAR is exercised, payment in an amount equal to the excess of the Share's Fair Market Value on the exercise date over its Fair Market
Value on the date the SAR was granted. Such payment will be made solely in Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date.

2.31. “Subsidiary” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

3.1. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below and the provisions of Section 11 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of
Shares which may be subject to Awards under the Plan is 27,433,333 shares. (All share limits in the Plan are presented after giving effect to
the Company's 1-for-3 stock split in June 2008.) The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. Shares issued in
respect of any “full-value award” granted under the Plan shall be counted against the foregoing share limit for the Plan as 1.33 shares for
every one share issued in connection with such award. (For example, if a stock bonus of 100 shares of Common Stock is granted under the
Plan, 133 shares shall be charged against the share limit in connection with that award.) For this purpose, a “full-value award” means any
Award under the Plan that is not an Option or SAR.

3.2. If an Option or SAR should expire, or become unexercisable for any reason, or is otherwise terminated or forfeited, without having
been exercised in full, the Optioned Stock which was subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for
future Option or SAR grants and/or Sales under the Plan. If any Shares issued pursuant to a Sale or exercise of an Option or SAR shall be
reacquired, canceled or forfeited for any reason, such Shares shall become available for future Option or SAR grants and/or Sales under the
Plan, unless the Plan shall have been terminated. If any reacquired, canceled or forfeited Shares were originally issued upon exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option, then once so reacquired, canceled or forfeited, such Shares shall not be considered to have been issued for purposes
of applying the limitation set forth in Section 3.3 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shares of Stock may not again be made
available for issuance as awards under the Plan: (i) shares of Stock not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of an outstanding
Option or SAR, (ii) shares of Stock used to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes related to an outstanding award, or (iii) shares of
Stock repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of the exercise price of an Option.

3.3.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Section  3,  but  subject  to  the  adjustment  provisions  of  Section  11.1  of  the  Plan,  the

maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 27,433,333.

4. Administration of the Plan.

4.1. Procedure.
4.1.1. Multiple Administrative Committees. If permitted by Rule 16b-3, the Plan may be administered by different Committees with

respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

4.1.2. Administration With Respect to Directors and Officers Subject to Section 16(b). With respect to Award grants to Employees
who are also Officers or Directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board
may administer the Plan in compliance with the rules governing a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3, or (B) a
Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with the rules, if any, governing
a plan intended to qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated
capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional
members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members
of  the  Committee  and  thereafter  directly  administer  the  Plan,  all  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  rules,  if  any,  governing  a  plan  intended  to
qualify as a discretionary plan under Rule 16b-3. With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, transactions under the
Plan  are  intended  to  comply  with  all  applicable  conditions  of  Rule  16b-3.  To  the  extent  any  provision  of  the  Plan  or  action  by  the
Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Administrator.

Exhibit 10.3

4.1.3. Administration With Respect to Other Persons. With respect to Award grants to Employees or Consultants who are neither
Directors  nor  Officers  of  the  Company,  the  Plan  shall  be  administered  by  the  Board  or  a  Committee  designated  by  the  Board,  which
Committee  shall  be  constituted  to  satisfy  the  legal  requirements  relating  to  the  administration  of  stock  option  plans  under  applicable
corporate and securities laws and the Code. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by
the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and
substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the
Plan,  all  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the  legal  requirements  relating  to  the  administration  of  stock  option  plans  under  state  corporate  and
securities laws and the Code.

4.2. Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties

delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

4.2.1. to grant Awards or SARs;

4.2.2. to authorize Sales of Shares hereunder;

4.2.3. to determine, upon review of relevant information, the Fair Market Value of a Share;

4.2.4.  to  determine  the  exercise/purchase  price  per  Share  of  Options  or  SARs  to  be  granted  or  Shares  to  be  Sold,  which

exercise/purchase price shall be determined in accordance with Section 8.1 of the Plan;

4.2.5. to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Options or SARs shall be granted and the

number of Shares to be represented by each Option or SAR;

4.2.6. to determine the Employees or Consultants to whom, and the time or times at which, Shares shall be Sold and the number of

Shares to be Sold;

4.2.7. to administer and interpret the Plan;

4.2.8. to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;

4.2.9. to determine the terms and provisions of each Option or SAR granted (which need not be identical) and, with the consent of the

holder thereof, modify or amend each Option or SAR;

4.2.10.  to  determine  the  terms  and  provisions  of  each  Sale  of  Shares  (which  need  not  be  identical)  and,  with  the  consent  of  the

purchaser thereof, modify or amend each Sale;

4.2.11. to accelerate (with the consent of the Grantee) the exercise date of any Option;

4.2.12.  to  accelerate  (with  the  consent  of  the  Grantee  or  purchaser  of  Shares)  the  vesting  restrictions  applicable  to  Shares  Sold  or

Options or SARs granted under the Plan;

4.2.13. to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effectuate the grant of an Option, SAR

or Sale of Shares previously granted or authorized by the Administrator;

4.2.14. to determine the transfer or vesting restrictions, repurchase rights or other restrictions applicable to Shares issued under the Plan;

4.2.15. to establish, on a case-by-case basis, different terms and conditions pertaining to exercise or vesting rights upon termination of

employment, but only at the time of an Option or SAR grant or Sale of Shares;

4.2.16. to approve forms for use under the Plan; and

4.2.17. to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without
limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-
off, combination, or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of outstanding
Options or SARs or cancel outstanding Options or SARs in exchange for cash, other awards or Options or SARs with an exercise price that is
less than the exercise price of the original Options or SARs without shareholder approval.

4.3.  Effect  of  Administrator's  Decision.  All  decisions,  determinations  and  interpretations  of  the  Administrator  shall  be  final  and

binding on all Grantees and any other holders of any Shares Sold under the Plan.

Exhibit 10.3

5. Eligibility.

5.1. Persons Eligible.  Awards  may  be  granted  only  to  Employees  and  Consultants.  Incentive  Stock  Options  may  be  granted  only  to
Employees.  An  Employee  or  Consultant  who  has  been  granted  an  Award  may,  if  he  or  she  is  otherwise  eligible,  be  granted  additional
Awards.

5.2.  ISO  Limitation.  To  the  extent  that  the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value  of  Shares  subject  to  a  Grantee's  Incentive  Stock  Options
granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of
the  Company  or  any  Parent  or  Subsidiary)  exceeds  $100,000,  such  excess  Options  shall  be  treated  as  Nonqualified  Stock  Options.  For
purposes of this Section 5.2, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market
Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

5.3. Section 5.2 Limitations. Section 5.2 of the Plan shall apply only to an Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth
the intention of the Company and the Grantee that such Option shall qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. Section 5.2 of the Plan shall not
apply to any Option evidenced by an Award Agreement which sets forth the intention of the Company and the Grantee that such Option shall
be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

5.4.  No  Right  to  Continued  Employment.  The  Plan  shall  not  confer  upon  any  Grantee  any  right  with  respect  to  continuation  of
employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company's right to
terminate their employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

5.5. Other Limitations. The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options or SARs to Employees:

5.5.1. No Employee shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options or SARs to acquire more than 250,000 Shares.

5.5.2. In connection with his or her initial employment, an Employee may be granted Options or SARs for up to an additional 250,000

Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection 5.5.1 above.

5.5.3.  The  foregoing  limitations  shall  be  adjusted  proportionately  in  connection  with  any  change  in  the  Company's  capitalization  as

described in Section 11.

6. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of
the Company as described in Section 17 of the Plan. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years, unless sooner terminated under
Section 13 of the Plan. However, if the Company's shareholders approve an increase in the number of Shares available for issuance under
section 3.1, such increase shall be deemed the adoption of a new plan with respect to the increased number of Shares, which may be issued
for a term of ten (10) years following the date of such increase.

7. Term of Options and SARs. The term of each Option and SAR shall be stated in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that in no event
shall the term of any Option or SAR exceed six (6) years from the date of grant. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to
a Grantee who, on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power
of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date
of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.

8. Exercise/Purchase Price and Consideration.

8.1. Exercise/Purchase Price. The per Share exercise/purchase price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option or

SAR or a Sale of Shares shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

8.1.1. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option, owns more than ten percent (10%) of the
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be at least one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of the grant.

(2) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market

Value on the date of grant.

8.1.2.  In  the  case  of  a  Nonqualified  Stock  Option,  SAR  or  Sale,  the  per  Share  exercise/purchase  price  shall  be  at  least  one  hundred

percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant or Sale, as the case may be.

8.2. Consideration. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or pursuant to a Sale, including
the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine
the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist of:

Exhibit 10.3

8.2.1. cash;

8.2.2. check;

8.2.3. promissory note;

8.2.4. transfer to the Company of Shares which

(1) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Grantee for more than six months on the date of

transfer, and

(2) have a Fair Market Value on the date of transfer equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares to be acquired;

8.2.5.  if  and  so  long  as  the  Common  Stock  is  registered  under  Section  12(b)  or  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  delivery  of  a  properly
executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan
proceeds required to pay the exercise price;

8.2.6. such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by legal requirements relating

to the administration of stock option plans and issuances of capital stock under applicable corporate and securities laws and the Code; or

8.2.7. any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

If the Fair Market Value of the number of whole Shares transferred or the number of whole Shares surrendered is less than the total
exercise price of the Option, the shortfall must be made up in cash or by check. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2,
the consideration for Shares to be issued pursuant to a Sale may not include, in whole or in part, the consideration set forth in subsection
8.2.5 above.

9. Exercise of Option or SAR.

9.1. Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder. Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and
under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including Performance Criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Grantee,
and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. If the exercise of a SAR would result in the issuance of a fractional

Share, the Shares to be issued shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share.

An Option or SAR shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance
with the terms of the Option or SAR by the Grantee and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been
received  by  the  Company.  Full  payment  may,  as  authorized  by  the  Administrator,  consist  of  any  consideration  and  method  of  payment
allowable under the Award Agreement and Section 8.2 of the Plan. Each Grantee who exercises an Option or SAR shall, upon notification of
the  amount  due  (if  any)  and  prior  to  or  concurrent  with  delivery  of  the  certificate  representing  the  Shares,  pay  to  the  Company  amounts
necessary to satisfy applicable federal, state and local tax withholding requirements. A Grantee must also provide a duly executed copy of
any stock transfer agreement then in effect and determined to be applicable by the Administrator. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the
appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing
such  Shares,  no  right  to  vote  or  receive  dividends  or  any  other  rights  as  a  shareholder  shall  exist  with  respect  to  the  Optioned  Stock
represented by such stock certificate, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option or SAR. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other
right  for  which  the  record  date  is  prior  to  the  date  the  stock  certificate  is  issued,  except  as  provided  in  Section  11  of  the  Plan.  Subject  to
section 3, exercise of an Option or settlement of a SAR shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan
and for issuance under the Option or SAR by the number of Shares issued upon such exercise.

9.2.  Termination  of  Employment  or  Consulting  Relationship.  In  the  event  that  a  Grantee's  Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee  or
Consultant terminates (other than upon the Grantee's death or Disability), the Grantee may exercise his or her Option or SAR, but only within
such period of time as is determined by the Administrator, and only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the date of
termination (but in no event later than the

Exhibit 10.3

expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Notice of Grant). In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator
shall determine such period of time (in no event to exceed three (3) months from the date of termination) when the Option is granted. If, at
the date of termination, the Grantee is not entitled to exercise his or her entire Option or SAR, the unexercisable portion of the Option or
SAR shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, terminate on the date of such termination and the Shares covered by
such portion shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Grantee does not exercise the remaining portion of his or her Option or SAR
within the time specified by the Administrator, such portion of the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion
shall revert to the Plan.

9.3. Disability of Grantee. In the event that a Grantee's Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant terminates as a result of the
Grantee's  Disability,  the  Grantee  may  exercise  his  or  her  Option  or  SAR  at  any  time  within  twelve  (12)  months  from  the  date  of  such
termination, but only to the extent that the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the
expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Notice of Grant). If, at the date of termination, the Grantee is not entitled to
exercise his or her entire Option or SAR, the unexercisable portion of the Option or SAR shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the
Administrator, terminate on the date of such termination and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination,
the Grantee does not exercise the remaining portion of his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, such portion of the Option
or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

9.4.  Death  of  Grantee.  In  the  event  of  the  death  of  a  Grantee,  the  Option  or  SAR  may  be  exercised  at  any  time  within  twelve
(12) months following the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Notice
of Grant), by the Grantee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance, but only to
the  extent  that  the  Grantee  was  entitled  to  exercise  the  Option  or  SAR  at  the  date  of  death.  If,  at  the  time  of  death,  the  Grantee  was  not
entitled  to  exercise  his  or  her  entire  Option  or  SAR,  the  unexercisable  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  shall,  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided by the Administrator, terminate on the date of such termination and the Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan. If,
after death, the Grantee's estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance does not exercise
the  remaining  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  within  the  time  specified  herein,  such  portion  of  the  Option  or  SAR  shall  terminate,  and  the
Shares covered by such portion shall revert to the Plan.

9.5. Rule 16b-3. Options or SARs, as well as Sales of Shares, granted to persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act must

comply with Rule 16b-3 and shall contain such additional conditions or restrictions as may be required thereunder to qualify for the
maximum exemption from Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Plan transactions.

10. Nontransferability of Awards. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Award Agreement, an Award may not be sold, pledged,
assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee or, if incapacitated, by his or her legal guardian or legal representative.

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization or Merger.

11.1. Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common
Stock covered by each outstanding Award and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the
Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award,
as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase
or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or
reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without
receipt  of  consideration  by  the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  conversion  of  any  convertible  securities  of  the  Company  shall  not  be
deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination
in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of
any  class,  or  securities  convertible  into  shares  of  stock  of  any  class,  shall  affect,  and  no  adjustment  by  reason  thereof  shall  be  made  with
respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.

Exhibit 10.3

11.2. Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each outstanding Award will
terminate  immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  proposed  action,  unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  Administrator.  The
Administrator may, in the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Award shall terminate as of a date fixed by the
Board and, in the case of Options and SARs, give each Grantee the right to exercise Grantee's Option or SAR as to all or any part of the
Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR, including Shares as to which the Option or SAR would not otherwise be exercisable.

11.3. Merger or Asset Sale. Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event of a proposed sale of all or

substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Award shall
be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of such successor corporation,
unless the Administrator determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu of such assumption or substitution, that, in the case of
Options and SARs, each Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Grantee's Options or SARs as to all or any part of the Optioned Stock
subject to the Option or SAR, including Shares as to which the Option or SAR would not otherwise be exercisable. If the Administrator
determines that an Option or SAR shall be exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the
Administrator shall notify the Grantee that the Option or SAR shall be so exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such
notice or such shorter period as the Administrator may specify in the notice, and the Option or SAR will terminate upon the expiration of
such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or SAR shall be considered assumed or substituted if, following the merger or
sale of assets, the Option or SAR confers the right to purchase, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR immediately
prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of
assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of
consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such
consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the
Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the
Option or SAR, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or SAR, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or
its Parent substantially equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale
of assets. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Administrator and its determination
shall be conclusive and binding.

12.  Time  of  Granting  Awards.  The  date  of  grant  of  an  Award  shall,  for  all  purposes,  be  the  date  on  which  the  Administrator  makes  the
determination granting such Award (or such later date as the Administrator may establish at the time of granting the Award). Notice of the
determination shall be given to each Grantee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

13. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

13.1. Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may

deem advisable.

13.2.  Shareholder  Approval.  The  Company  shall  obtain  shareholder  approval  of  any  Plan  amendment  to  the  extent  necessary  and
desirable  to  comply  with  Rule  16b-3  or  with  Section  422  of  the  Code  (or  any  successor  rule  or  statute  or  other  applicable  law,  rule  or
regulation,  including  the  requirements  of  any  exchange  or  quotation  system  on  which  the  Common  Stock  is  listed  or  quoted).  Such
shareholder  approval,  if  required,  shall  be  obtained  in  such  a  manner  and  to  such  a  degree  as  is  required  by  the  applicable  law,  rule  or
regulation.

13.3. Effect of Amendment or Termination. Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Awards already granted,
and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise
between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Administrator.

Exhibit 10.3

14. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, SAR or a Sale unless the exercise
of  such  Option,  SAR  or  consummation  of  the  Sale  and  the  issuance  and  delivery  of  such  Shares  pursuant  thereto  shall  comply  with  all
relevant  provisions  of  law,  including,  without  limitation,  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  applicable  state  securities  laws,  the
Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange (including Nasdaq) upon which
the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

15. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as
shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

16. Liability of Company.

16.1. Inability to Obtain Authority. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which
authority  is  deemed  by  the  Company's  counsel  to  be  necessary  to  the  lawful  issuance  and  sale  of  any  Shares  hereunder,  shall  relieve  the
Company  of  any  liability  in  respect  of  the  failure  to  issue  or  sell  such  Shares  as  to  which  such  requisite  authority  shall  not  have  been
obtained.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option or SAR or a Sale, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or SAR or to
whom Shares are being Sold to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise or Sale that the Shares are being purchased only for
investment  and  without  any  present  intention  to  sell  or  distribute  such  Shares  if,  in  the  opinion  of  counsel  for  the  Company,  such  a
representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.

16.2. Grants Exceeding Allotted Shares. If the grant of an Award causes the aggregate number of Shares previously issued under the
Plan and subject to then-outstanding Awards under the Plan to exceed, as of the date of grant, the number of Shares which may be issued
under  the  Plan  without  additional  shareholder  approval,  such  Award  shall  be  void  with  respect  to  such  excess  Shares,  unless  shareholder
approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of Shares subject to the Plan is timely obtained in accordance with Section 13
of the Plan.

17.  Shareholder  Approval.  Continuance  of  the  Plan  shall  be  subject  to  approval  by  the  shareholders  of  the  Company  within  twelve
(12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required
under applicable federal and state law.

18. Tax Withholding. Upon any exercise, vesting, or payment of any Award, or upon the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired
pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to satisfaction of the holding period requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or
upon any other tax withholding event with respect to any award, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries shall have the right at its option to:

(a) require the Grantee (or the Grantee's personal representative or beneficiary, as the case may be) to pay or provide for payment of at
least the minimum amount of any taxes which the Company or one of its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such
Award event or payment; or
(b)  deduct  from  any  amount  otherwise  payable  in  cash  (whether  related  to  the  Award  or  otherwise)  to  the  Grantee  (or  the  Grantee's
personal  representative  or  beneficiary,  as  the  case  may  be)  the  minimum  amount  of  any  taxes  which  the  Company  or  one  of  its
Subsidiaries may be required to withhold with respect to such Award event or payment, except to the extent additional withholding does
not result in adverse accounting treatment to the Company.

In  any  case  where  a  tax  is  required  to  be  withheld  in  connection  with  the  delivery  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  the  Plan,  the
Administrator may in its sole discretion (subject to Section 14) require or grant (either at the time of the Award or thereafter) to the Grantee
the  right  to  elect,  pursuant  to  such  rules  and  subject  to  such  conditions  as  the  Administrator  may  establish,  that  the  Company  reduce  the
number of shares to be delivered by (or otherwise reacquire) the appropriate number of shares, valued in a consistent manner at their Fair
Market  Value  or  at  the  sales  price  in  accordance  with  authorized  procedures  for  cashless  exercises,  necessary  to  satisfy  the  minimum
applicable withholding obligation on exercise, vesting or payment. In no event shall the shares withheld exceed the minimum whole number
of shares required for tax withholding under applicable law.

Exhibit 10.3

19. Plan Not Funded. Awards payable under the Plan shall be payable in shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or
separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No Grantee, beneficiary or other person shall have any
right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including shares of Common Stock, except as expressly otherwise provided) of the
Company or one of its Subsidiaries by reason of any Award hereunder. Neither the provisions of the Plan (or of any related documents), nor
the creation or adoption of the Plan, nor any action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall create, or be construed to create, a trust
of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or one of its Subsidiaries and any Grantee, beneficiary or other person. To the
extent that a Grantee, beneficiary or other person acquires a right to receive payment pursuant to any Award hereunder, such right shall be no
greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

20. Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise expressly authorized by the Administrator, a Grantee shall not be entitled to any
privilege of stock ownership as to any shares of Common Stock not actually delivered to and held of record by the participant. Except as
expressly required by Section 11.1 or otherwise expressly provided by the Administrator, no adjustment will be made for dividends or other
rights as a shareholder for which a record date is prior to such date of delivery.

21. Governing Law; Severability; Headings. The Plan, the Awards, all documents evidencing awards and all other related documents shall
be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oregon. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any provision
invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall continue in effect. Captions and headings are given to the sections and
subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to
the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

22. No Corporate Action Restriction. The existence of the Plan, the Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder shall not limit,
affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize: (a) any adjustment,
recapitalization,  reorganization  or  other  change  in  the  capital  structure  or  business  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (b)  any  merger,
amalgamation,  consolidation  or  change  in  the  ownership  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (c)  any  issue  of  bonds,  debentures,  capital,
preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the capital stock (or the rights thereof) of the Company or any Subsidiary, (d) any
dissolution  or  liquidation  of  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  (e)  any  sale  or  transfer  of  all  or  any  part  of  the  assets  or  business  of  the
Company or any Subsidiary, or (f) any other corporate act or proceeding by the Company or any Subsidiary. No participant, beneficiary or
any other person shall have any claim under any award or award agreement against any member of the Board or the Administrator, or the
Company or any employees, officers or agents of the Company or any Subsidiary, as a result of any such action.

23. Stock Retention Requirement for Executive Officers. The Award Agreement providing for an Award under the Plan to a participant
who  is  the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer  or  chief  operating  officer,  if  any,  of  the  Company  shall  provide  that  the
participant shall continue to hold the Shares issued in connection with the Award (net of Shares withheld or disposed of to pay applicable
income and employment taxes due by the participant) for a period of twelve (12) months following the later of the date of issuance of the
Shares  to  the  participant  or,  in  the  case  of  Shares  issued  as  restricted  stock,  the  date  of  vesting  of  such  Shares.  This  holding  period
requirement  shall  cease  to  apply  (i)  following  the  participant’s  termination  of  employment  with  the  Company,  (ii)  at  such  time  as  the
participant  has  met  such  share  ownership  guidelines  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  Board  and  as  are  applicable  to  the  participant,  or  (iii)  the
occurrence of an event described in Section 11.3 (relating to a Merger or Asset Sale) or similar event involving the sale of the Company.

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into as of January 31, 2024, by and between HUDSON
CONCOURSE,  LLC,  a  Delaware  Limited  Liability  Company  (“Landlord”),  and  PIXELWORKS,  INC.,  an  Oregon  corporation
(“Tenant”).

THIRD AMENDMENT

RECITALS

A.    Landlord (as successor in interest to CA-The Concourse Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership) and Tenant are parties to
that certain Office Lease dated December 28, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment (“First Amendment”) dated April
16, 2013 and that certain Second Amendment (“Second Amendment”) dated July 25, 2018 (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to
the Lease, Landlord has leased to Tenant space currently containing approximately 10,051 rentable square feet (for purposes of this
Amendment, the “Existing Premises”)  described  as  Suite  595  on  the  fifth  floor  of  the  building  commonly  known  as  Concourse  I
located at 226 Airport Parkway, San Jose, California (the “Building”).

B.    The Lease will expire by its terms on September 30, 2024 (the “Second Extended Expiration Date”). Except as provided in Recital C

below, the parties wish to extend the term of the Lease on the following terms and conditions.

C.    Other than with respect to the portion of the Existing Premises containing approximately 4,189 rentable square feet described as Suite
595 on the fifth floor of the Building and shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (for purposes of this Amendment, the “Reduction
Space”), the parties wish to extend the expiration date of the Lease on the following terms and conditions.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals which by this reference are incorporated herein, the mutual covenants
and conditions contained herein and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord
and Tenant agree as follows:

1.

Extension. Except as provided in Section 2 below, the term of the Lease is hereby extended through February 29, 2028 (the “Third
Extended  Expiration  Date”).  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  Lease  beginning  on  the  date  immediately  following  the  Second
Extended  Expiration  Date  (the  “Third Extension  Date”)  and  ending  on  the  Third  Extended  Expiration  Date  shall  be  referred  to
herein as the “Third Extended Term”.

2.

Reduction.

2.1.

Reduction  Space  Expiration  Date.  Subject  to  the  terms  hereof,  the  term  of  the  Lease  shall  expire,  with  respect  to  the
Reduction Space only, on Second Extended Expiration Date (for purposes of this Amendment, the “Reduction”). Without
limiting the foregoing:

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

From  and  after  the  date  immediately  following  the  Second  Extended  Expiration  Date  (for  purposes  of  this
Amendment,  the  “Reduction  Effective  Date”), the Premises shall consist solely of the Existing Premises less the
Reduction  Space  (for  purposes  of  this  Amendment,  the  “Remaining  Premises”)  and  shall  be  deemed  to  contain
5,862 rentable square feet.

Tenant shall surrender the Reduction Space to Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Lease on or before the
Second Extended Expiration Date.

Tenant  shall  remain  liable  for  all  Rent  and  other  amounts  payable  under  the  Lease  with  respect  to  the  Reduction
Space  for  the  period  up  to  and  including  the  Second  Extended  Expiration  Date,  even  though  billings  for  such
amounts may occur after the Second Extended Expiration Date.

Tenant’s restoration obligations with respect to the Reduction Space shall be as set forth in the Lease, as amended.

If Tenant fails to surrender any portion of the Reduction Space on or before the Second Extended Expiration Date,
Tenant’s tenancy with respect to the Reduction Space shall be subject to Section 22 of the Lease.

Any other rights or obligations of Landlord or Tenant under the Lease relating to the Reduction Space that, in the
absence  of  the  Reduction,  would  have  survived  the  Second  Extended  Expiration  Date  shall  survive  the  Second
Extended Expiration Date.

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

1

3.    Base Rent. With respect to the Remaining Premises during the Third Extended Term, the schedule of Base Rent shall be as follows:

Period of Third Extended
Term

10/1/24 - 9/30/25
10/1/25 - 9/30/26
10/1/26 - 9/30/27
10/1/27 – 2/29/28

th

Annual Rate Per Square Foot
(rounded to the nearest 100  of
a dollar)
$46.20
$47.59
$49.01
$50.48

Monthly Base Rent

$22,568.70
$23,245.76
$23,943.13
$24,661.43

All such Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in accordance with the terms of the Lease, as amended.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Base Rent for the Remaining Premises shall be abated, in the following amounts; provided,
however, that if a Default exists when any such abatement would otherwise apply, such abatement shall be deferred until the
date, if any, on which such Default is cured;

(i)

(ii)
(iii)

$22,568.70  per  month  for  the  each  of  the  following  full  calendar  months  of  October  2024,  January  2025  and
February 2025;
$23,943.13 for the full calendar month of October 2026; and
$24,661.43 for the full calendar month of November 2027.

4.

Additional Security Deposit.

4.1. No additional Security Deposit shall be required in connection with this Amendment.

4.2. Due to a scrivener’s error, the reference to “$80,000.00 in Section 5 of the First Amendment is hereby amended and restated

as “$79,999.80”.

4.3.

 Effective as of date hereof, and so long as Tenant is not in Default, the Security Deposit held by Landlord as provided under
Sections  1.08  and  6  of  the  Lease  shall  be  reduced  from  $79,999.80  to  $24,661.43  (for  purposes  of  this  Amendment,  the
“Deposit Reduction”) and Landlord shall deliver the amount of $55,338.37 to Tenant within 30 days of the date hereof.

5.        Tenant’s  Pro  Rata  Share.  With  respect  to  the  Remaining  Premises  during  the  Extended  Term,  Tenant’s  Pro  Rata  Share  shall  be

4.5029%.

6.    Expenses and Taxes. With respect to the Remaining Premises during the Third Extended Term, Tenant shall pay for Tenant’s Pro Rata

Share of Expenses and Taxes in accordance with the terms of the Lease; provided, however, that, with respect to the Remaining
Premises during the Third Extended Term the Base Year for Expenses and Taxes shall be 2025.

7.    Improvements to Remaining Premises.

7.1.        Configuration  and  Condition  of  Remaining  Premises.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  it  is  in  possession  of  the  Remaining
Premises and agrees to accept them “as is” without any representation by Landlord regarding their configuration or condition
and without any obligation on the part of Landlord to perform or pay for any alteration or improvement, except as may be
otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

7.2.    Responsibility for Improvements to Remaining Premises. Landlord shall perform improvements to the Remaining Premises

in accordance with the Third Extension Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B.

8.    Representations. Tenant represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof and the Second Extended Expiration Date: (a) Tenant is the
rightful owner of all of the Tenant’s interest in the Lease; (b) Tenant has not subleased the Reduction Space or made any disposition,
assignment or conveyance of the Lease or Tenant’s interest therein; (c) Tenant has no knowledge of any fact or circumstance which
would give rise to any claim, demand, obligation, liability, action or cause of action arising out of or in connection with Tenant’s
occupancy of the Reduction Space; (d) no other person or entity has an interest in the Lease, collateral or otherwise; and (e) there are
no outstanding contracts for the supply of labor or material and no work has been done or is being done in, to or about the Reduction
Space which has not been fully paid for and for which appropriate waivers of mechanic’s liens have not been obtained.

9.        Other  Pertinent  Provisions. Landlord  and  Tenant  agree  that,  effective  as  of  the  date  of  this  Amendment  (unless  different  effective

date(s) is/are specifically referenced in this Section), the Lease shall be amended in the following additional respects:

9.1.    Permitted Use. Section 1.11 of the Lease is hereby amended and restated as the following:

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

2

“1.11        ‘Permitted Use’:  General  office  use,  including,  without  limitation,  (a)  software  related  engineering,  design,  and
product  testing,  (b)  semiconductor  related  engineering  and  design,  and  (c)  building,  assembling,  and  physically
constructing products related thereto; provided, however, that no more than 20% of the Premises (measured against
the  total  Rentable  Square  Footage  of  the  Premises)  shall  be  used  for  building,  assembling,  and/or  physically
constructing  any  products  and  that  Tenant  shall  neither  use,  nor  permit  (pursuant  to  a  sublease  or  otherwise)  any
other party to use, any portion of the Premises for a retail bank.”

9.2.    Landlord’s Notice Address. The Landlord’s Notice Address set forth in Section 1.12 of the Lease (as further amended) is

hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“Hudson Concourse, LLC,
c/o Hudson Pacific Properties
2055 Gateway Place, Suite 200
San Jose, California 95110
Attn: Building Manager

with copies to:

Hudson Concourse, LLC,
c/o Hudson Pacific Properties
333 Twin Dolphin Drive, Suite 100
Redwood City, California 94065
Attn: Managing Counsel

and

Hudson Concourse, LLC,
c/o Hudson Pacific Properties
11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 900
Los Angeles, California 90025
Attn: Lease Administration”

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  contained  in  the  Lease,  as  amended  hereby,  Rent  shall  be  made  payable  to  the
entity,  and  sent  to  the  address,  Landlord  designates  and  shall  be  made  by  good  and  sufficient  check  or  by  other  means
acceptable to Landlord.

9.3.    Parking. Effective as of the Reduction Effective Date, Section 1 of Exhibit G to the Lease (as was further amended by Section
9.1  of  the  First  Amendment  and  Section  8.7  of  the  Second  Amendment)  is  hereby  amended  and  restated  as  the  following
shall be deemed amended and restated as “17 non-reserved parking spaces”

9.5.        Demising  Wall.  Tenant  acknowledges  that  there  is  currently  no  demising  wall  between  the  Remaining  Premises  and  the
Reduction Space; provided, however that Tenant agrees that Tenant shall have no right to use or occupy (nor permit others to
use or occupy) any portion of the Reduction Space from and after the Second Extended Expiration Date. Tenant specifically
agrees that its release, waiver, indemnity and insurance obligations set forth in the Lease shall apply to the Reduction Space
(as if it were a portion of the Premises) with respect to that period of time (1) commencing on the Reduction Effective Date,
and (2) ending on the date a demising wall is constructed to separate the Remaining Premises from the Reduction Space (as
more  particularly  described  in  Section 2.1 hereof and Exhibit B  hereto).  Effective  immediately  upon  Tenant  or  any  of  its
agents, employees, contractors, officers, directors, shareholders, visitors, invitees, or customers entering the Reduction Space
after the Second Extended Expiration Date for any reason whatsoever or placing any personal property therein, then without
limiting any of Landlord’s other rights, Landlord shall be entitled, at Landlord’s option, (a) to receive from Tenant, on a go-
forward basis, Base Rent on the entire Reduction Space in an amount equal to the then applicable per rentable square foot
amount  payable  per  month  with  respect  to  the  Remaining  Premises  and/or  (b)  to  declare  an  immediate  Default  under  the
terms of the Lease (as amended).

9.6.    Exposure to Pathogens; Release and Waiver. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) there is a risk of exposure to
pathogens  (including,  without  limitation,  the  novel  coronavirus  SARS-CoV-2  and  mutations,  adaptations  or  variations
thereof)  (collectively,  ("Contagions"))  everywhere  people  are  present,  including  at  the  Property;  (b)  no  precautions,
including  those  implemented  by  Landlord  and/or  third  parties  (e.g.,  the  CDC  and  applicable  governmental  agencies),  can
entirely eliminate the risk of exposure to Contagions and (c) a governmental restriction of the use and/or occupancy of the
Premises in an effort to address the potential or the actual presence of Contagions shall not be deemed a Casualty pursuant to
Section 16 of the Lease nor a Taking pursuant to Section 17 of the Lease. Accordingly, by entering into the Property, Tenant
and all Tenant Related Parties knowingly and voluntarily assume the risk of exposure to Contagions. Tenant, on behalf of
itself and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Tenant Related Parties, hereby waives all Losses against the
Landlord and any other Landlord Related Party arising out of or in connection with exposure to Contagions at the Property,
including, without limitation any damages due to illness, short- or long-

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

3

term  adverse  health  effects,  disability  and/or  death  (the  "Released Claims"). With  regard  to  the  Released  Claims,  Tenant
expressly waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS THAT THE CREDITOR OR
RELEASING  PARTY  DOES  NOT  KNOW  OR  SUSPECT  TO  EXIST  IN  HIS  OR  HER
FAVOR  AT  THE  TIME  OF  EXECUTING  THE  RELEASE  AND  THAT,  IF  KNOWN  BY
HIM OR HER, WOULD HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT
WITH THE DEBTOR OR RELEASED PARTY.

Tenant  acknowledges  that  it  has  received  the  advice  of  legal  counsel  with  respect  to  the  aforementioned  waiver  and
understands the terms thereof.

10.    Fourth Extension Option.

10.1.    Grant of Option; Conditions. Tenant shall have the right (the “Fourth Extension Option”) to extend the term of the Lease
for one (1) additional period of two (2) years beginning on the day immediately following the Third Extended Expiration
Date and ending on the second anniversary of such expiration date (the “Fourth Extension Term”), if:

(a)        not  less  than  9  and  not  more  than  12  full  calendar  months  before  Third  Extended  Expiration  Date,  Tenant  delivers
written notice to Landlord (for purposes of this Section 10, the “Extension Notice”) electing to exercise the Fourth
Extension Option;

(b)    no Default exists when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice;

(c)    no part of the Premises is sublet (other than to an Affiliate of Tenant) when Tenant delivers the Extension Notice; and

(d)    the Lease, as amended, has not been assigned (other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) before Tenant delivers the

Extension Notice.

10.2.    Terms Applicable to Fourth Extension Term.

A.        During  the  Fourth  Extension  Term,  (a)  the  Base  Rent  rate  per  rentable  square  foot  shall  be  equal  to  the  Prevailing
Market rate per rentable square foot; (b) Base Rent shall increase, if at all, in accordance with the increases assumed
in  the  determination  of  Prevailing  Market  rate;  and  (c)  Base  Rent  shall  be  payable  in  monthly  installments  in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease, as amended.

B.    During the Fourth Extension Term Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Premises in

accordance with the Lease, as amended.

10.3.    Procedure for Determining Prevailing Market.

A.        Initial Procedure. Within  30  days  after  receiving  the  Extension  Notice,  Landlord  shall  give  Tenant  written  notice  of
Landlord’s  estimate  of  the  Prevailing  Market  rate  for  the  Fourth  Extension  Term  (for  purposes  of  this  Section 10,
“Landlord’s  Estimate”).  Within  30  days  of  receiving  Landlord’s  Estimate,  Tenant  shall  give  Landlord  either
(i)  written  notice  (for  purposes  of  this  Section 10, “Tenant’s Binding  Notice”)  accepting  Landlord’s  Estimate,  or
(ii) written notice (for purposes of this Section 10, “Tenant’s Rejection Notice”) rejecting such estimate and stating
Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth Extension Term. If Tenant gives Landlord a Tenant’s
Rejection Notice, Landlord, within 15 days thereafter, shall give Tenant either (i) written notice (for purposes of this
Section 10, “Landlord’s Binding Notice”) accepting Tenant’s estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth
Extension  Term  stated  in  Tenant’s  Rejection  Notice,  or  (ii)  written  notice  (for  purposes  of  this  Section  10,
“Landlord’s  Rejection  Notice”)  rejecting  such  estimate.  If  Landlord  gives  Tenant  a  Landlord’s  Rejection  Notice,
Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market rate for the
Fourth Extension Term. If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in
writing upon the Prevailing Market rate, the provisions of Section 10.3.B below shall apply.

B.    Dispute Resolution Procedure.

1.    If, within 30 days after delivery of a Landlord’s Rejection Notice, the parties fail to agree in writing upon the
Prevailing  Market  rate,  Landlord  and  Tenant,  within  five  (5)  days  thereafter,  shall  each  simultaneously
submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth
Extension Term (for purposes of

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

4

this  Section  10,  collectively,  the  “Estimates”).  Within  seven  (7)  days  after  the  exchange  of  Estimates,
Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  each  select  a  broker  or  agent  (for  purposes  of  this  Section 10,  an  “Agent”)  to
determine  which  of  the  two  Estimates  most  closely  reflects  the  Prevailing  Market  rate  for  the  Fourth
Extension  Term.  Each  Agent  so  selected  shall  be  licensed  as  a  real  estate  broker  or  agent  and  in  good
standing  with  the  California  Bureau  of  Real  Estate  Appraisers,  and  shall  have  had  at  least  five  (5)  years’
experience  within  the  previous  10  years  as  a  commercial  real  estate  broker  or  agent  working  in  San  Jose,
California with working knowledge of current rental rates and leasing practices relating to buildings similar
to the Building.

2.    If each party selects an Agent in accordance with Section 10.3.B.1 above, the parties shall cause their respective
Agents  to  work  together  in  good  faith  to  agree  upon  which  of  the  two  Estimates  most  closely  reflects  the
Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth Extension Term. The Estimate, if any, so agreed upon by such Agents
shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth Extension Term and
may  be  entered  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  If  the  Agents  fail  to  reach  such  agreement  within
20 days after their selection, then, within 10 days after the expiration of such 20-day period, the parties shall
instruct the Agents to select a third Agent meeting the above criteria (and if the Agents fail to agree upon
such  third  Agent  within  10  days  after  being  so  instructed,  either  party  may  cause  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction to select such third Agent). Promptly upon selection of such third Agent, the parties shall instruct
such  Agent  (or,  if  only  one  of  the  parties  has  selected  an  Agent  within  the  7-day  period  described  above,
then promptly after the expiration of such 7-day period the parties shall instruct such Agent) to determine, as
soon  as  practicable  but  in  any  case  within  14  days  after  his  selection,  which  of  the  two  Estimates  most
closely reflects the Prevailing Market rate. Such determination by such Agent (for purposes of this Section
10, the “Final Agent”) shall be final and binding on both parties as the Prevailing Market rate for the Fourth
Extension  Term  and  may  be  entered  in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction.  If  the  Final  Agent  believes  that
expert  advice  would  materially  assist  him,  he  may  retain  one  or  more  qualified  persons  to  provide  such
expert advice. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the Final Agent and of any experts retained by
the Final Agent. Any fees of any other broker, agent, counsel or expert engaged by Landlord or Tenant shall
be borne by the party retaining such broker, agent, counsel or expert.

C.    Adjustment. If the Prevailing Market rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Fourth Extension
Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Fourth Extension Term upon the terms and conditions in effect during the
last month ending on or before the expiration date of the Lease until such time as the Prevailing Market rate has been
determined. Upon such determination, the Base Rent for the Fourth Extension Term shall be retroactively adjusted.
If  such  adjustment  results  in  an  under-  or  overpayment  of  Base  Rent  by  Tenant,  Tenant  shall  pay  Landlord  the
amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the next Base
Rent due under the Lease.

10.4.        Extension Amendment. If  Tenant  is  entitled  to  and  properly  exercises  its  Fourth  Extension  Option,  and  if  the  Prevailing
Market  rate  for  the  Fourth  Extension  Term  is  determined  in  accordance  with  Section  10.3  above,  Landlord,  within  a
reasonable  time  thereafter,  shall  prepare  and  deliver  to  Tenant  an  amendment  (for  purposes  of  this  Section  10,  the
“Extension Amendment”) reflecting changes in the Base Rent, the term of the Lease, the expiration date of the Lease, and
other appropriate terms in accordance with this Section 10, and Tenant shall execute and return (or provide Landlord with
reasonable objections to) the Extension Amendment within 15 days after receiving it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon
determination  of  the  Prevailing  Market  rate  for  the  Fourth  Extension  Term  in  accordance  with  Section  10.3  above,  an
otherwise valid exercise of the Fourth Extension Option shall be fully effective whether or not the Extension Amendment is
executed.

10.5.    Definition of Prevailing Market. For purposes of this Fourth Extension Option, “Prevailing Market” shall mean the arms-
length, fair-market, annual rental rate per rentable square foot under extension and renewal leases and amendments entered
into on or about the date on which the Prevailing Market is being determined hereunder for space comparable to the Premises
in  the  Building  and  office  buildings  comparable  to  the  Building  in  the  San  Jose,  California  area.  The  determination  of
Prevailing  Market  shall  take  into  account  (i)  any  material  economic  differences  between  the  terms  of  the  Lease  and  any
comparison lease or amendment, such as rent abatements, construction costs and other concessions, and the manner, if any,
in which the landlord under any such lease is reimbursed for operating expenses and taxes; (ii) any material differences in
configuration  or  condition  between  the  Premises  and  any  comparison  space,  including  any  cost  that  would  have  to  be
incurred in order to make the configuration or condition of the comparison space similar to that of the Premises; and (iii) any
reasonably anticipated

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

5

changes  in  the  Prevailing  Market  rate  from  the  time  such  Prevailing  Market  rate  is  being  determined  and  the  time  such
Prevailing Market rate will become effective under the Lease.

10.6.    [Intentionally Omitted].

12.    Miscellaneous.

12.1.    This Amendment and the attached exhibits, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Amendment, set forth
the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. There have been no additional oral or
written representations or agreements. Tenant shall not be entitled, in connection with entering into this Amendment, to any
free  rent,  allowance,  alteration,  improvement  or  similar  economic  incentive  to  which  Tenant  may  have  been  entitled  in
connection with entering into the Lease, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Amendment.

12.2.    Except as herein modified or amended, the provisions, conditions and terms of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full

force and effect.

12.3.    In the case of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Lease and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment

shall govern and control.

12.4.    Submission of this Amendment by Landlord is not an offer to enter into this Amendment but rather is a solicitation for such

an offer by Tenant. Landlord shall not be bound by this Amendment until Landlord has executed and delivered it to Tenant.

12.5.    Each party hereto, and their respective successors and assigns shall be authorized to rely upon the signatures of all of the
parties hereto which are delivered by facsimile, PDF or DocuSign (or the like) as constituting a duly authorized, irrevocable,
actual, current delivery hereof with original ink signatures of each person and entity. This Amendment may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original part and all of which together shall constitute a single agreement.

12.6.    Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Lease.

12.7.        Tenant  shall  indemnify  and  hold  Landlord,  its  trustees,  members,  principals,  beneficiaries,  partners,  officers,  directors,
employees, mortgagee(s) and agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims
of any brokers (other than Newmark ) claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Amendment. Landlord
shall indemnify and hold Tenant, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, directors, employees, and
agents, and the respective principals and members of any such agents harmless from all claims of any brokers claiming to
have represented Landlord in connection with this Amendment. Tenant acknowledges that any assistance rendered by any
agent or employee of any affiliate of Landlord in connection with this Amendment has been made as an accommodation to
Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant.

[SIGNATURES ARE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

HUDSON CONCOURSE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company

By:    Hudson Pacific Properties, L.P.,

a Maryland limited partnership,
its sole member

By:     Hudson Pacific Properties, Inc.,
a Maryland corporation,
its general partner

By:
Name:
Title:

/s/ Kenneth Young
Kenneth Young
Senior Vice President, Leasing

TENANT:

By:
Name:
Title:

PIXELWORKS, INC., an Oregon corporation
/s/ Haley Aman
Haley Aman
CFO

Matter ID: AR120723.1
Pixelworks-3A

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF REDUCTION SPACE

EXHIBIT B

THIRD EXTENSION WORK LETTER

As used in this Exhibit B (this “Third Extension Work Letter”), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

“Premises” means the Remaining Premises and the Reduction Space.

For  purposes  of  this  Exhibit  B,  “Tenant  Improvements”  means  all  improvements  to  be  constructed  in  the  Premises
pursuant to this Third Extension Work Letter;

For purposes of this Exhibit B, “Tenant Improvement Work” means the construction of the Tenant Improvements, together
with any related work (including demolition) that is necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements;

(iv)

“Agreement” means the Amendment of which this Third Extension Work Letter is a part.

1 COST  OF  TENANT  IMPROVEMENT  WORK. Except  as  provided  in  Section 2.7  below,  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work  shall  be

performed at Landlord’s expense.

2 WORK LIST.

1.1

Work List. Landlord shall perform improvements to the Premises in accordance with the following work list (for purposes

of this Exhibit B, the “Work List”) using Building-standard methods, materials and finishes.

WORK LIST

ITEM

1.

Install a demising wall in the Premises per the Plans by HGA and dated October 12, 2023 (the “Plans”), attached
hereto as Exhibit B-1. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Plans shall include any alterations
to the Existing Premises or the Building that, in the Landlord’s good faith judgement, are necessary to separate the
Reduction Space from the Remaining Premises or the Reduction from causing any portion of the Reduction Space
or the Remaining Premises to (a) lack reasonable access to multi-tenant corridors or the elevator lobby, (b) violate
any Law, or (c) be unmarketable in any respect (for purposes of this Exhibit B, the “Demising Work”).

2. Clean the carpet in the interior of the Premises.
3.

Touch-up painted where needed (as reasonably determined by Landlord) in the interior of the Premises.

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

[Intentionally Omitted]

[Intentionally Omitted]

[Intentionally Omitted]

[Intentionally Omitted]

[Intentionally Omitted]

1.7

Revisions  to  Work  List.  The  Work  List  shall  not  be  revised  without  Landlord’s  agreement,  which  agreement  may  be
withheld or conditioned in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant requests any revision to the Work List, Landlord shall provide
Tenant with notice approving or disapproving such revision, and, if Landlord approves such revision, Landlord shall have such revision made
and delivered to Tenant, together with notice of any resulting change in the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work, within 10 business days
after the later of Landlord’s receipt of such request or the mutual execution and delivery of this Agreement if such revision is not material,
and within such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary (but not more than 15 business days after the later of such receipt or
such execution and delivery) if such revision is material, whereupon Tenant, within one (1) business day, shall notify Landlord whether it
desires  to  proceed  with  such  revision.  If  Landlord  has  begun  performing  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work,  then,  in  the  absence  of  such
authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue such performance disregarding such revision. Landlord shall not revise the Work
List without Tenant’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or conditioned. Tenant shall approve, or reasonably disapprove (and
state, with reasonable specificity, its reasons for disapproving), any revision to the Work List within two (2) business days after receiving
Landlord’s request for approval thereof. Any change order affecting the Work List shall be deemed a revision to the Work List. Tenant shall
reimburse Landlord, immediately upon demand, for any increase in the total cost associated with the Tenant Improvement Work that results
from any revision to the Work List requested by Tenant, including the cost of preparing such revision.

1.8

[Intentionally Omitted]

3

CONSTRUCTION.

1.1

Contractor. Landlord shall retain a contractor of its choice (for purposes of this Exhibit B, the “Contractor”)  to  perform
the Tenant Improvement Work. In addition, Landlord may select and/or approve of any subcontractors, mechanics and materialmen used in
connection with the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work.

1.2

[Intentionally Omitted]

1.3

Permits. Landlord  shall  cause  the  Contractor  to  apply  to  the  appropriate  municipal  authorities  for,  and  obtain  from  such
authorities,  all  permits  necessary  for  the  Contractor  to  complete  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work  (for  purposes  of  this  Exhibit  B,  the
“Permits”).

1.4

Construction

1.1.1

Performance  of  Tenant  Improvement  Work.  Landlord  shall  cause  the  Contractor  to  perform  the  Tenant

Improvement Work in accordance with the Work List.

1.1.2

Contractor’s  Warranties.  Tenant  waives  all  claims  against  Landlord  relating  to  any  defects  in  the  Tenant
Improvements;  provided,  however,  that  if,  within  30  days  after  substantial  completion  of  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work,  Tenant  provides
notice to Landlord of any non-latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, or if, within 11 months after substantial completion of the Tenant
Improvement Work, Tenant provides notice to Landlord of any latent defect in the Tenant Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly cause
such defect to be corrected.

4
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW; SUITABILITY FOR TENANT’S USE. Landlord shall cause the Work List to comply with law.
Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Work List is suitable for Tenant’s use of the
Premises,  and  neither  the  preparation  nor  the  approval  of  the  Work  List  by  Landlord  or  its  consultants  shall  relieve  Tenant  from  such
responsibility. Landlord may contest any alleged violation of law in good faith, including by seeking a waiver or deferment of compliance,
asserting any defense allowed by law, and exercising any right of appeal (provided that, after completing such contest, Landlord makes any
modification to the Work List or any alteration to the Premises that is necessary to comply with any final order or judgment).

5
COMPLETION. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Tenant Improvement Work may be performed during Building Service
Hours  before  or  after  the  Third  Extension  Date.  Landlord  and  Tenant  shall  cooperate  with  each  other  in  order  to  enable  the  Tenant
Improvement Work to be performed in a timely manner and with as little inconvenience to the operation of Tenant’s business as is reasonably
possible.  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  provision  of  this  Agreement,  any  delay  in  the  completion  of  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work  or
inconvenience suffered by Tenant during the performance of the Tenant Improvement Work shall not delay the Third Extension Date, nor
shall it subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom or entitle Tenant to any credit, abatement or adjustment of
rent or other sums payable under the Lease.

6
MISCELLANEOUS. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, if Tenant Defaults under this Agreement before
the  Tenant  Improvement  Work  is  completed,  Landlord’s  obligations  under  this  Third  Extension  Work  Letter  shall  be  excused  until  such
Default  is  cured  and  Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for  any  resulting  delay  in  the  completion  of  the  Tenant  Improvement  Work.  This Third
Extension Work Letter shall not apply to any space other than the Premises.

 
EXHIBIT B-1

ADDITIONAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK LIST ITEMS

Subsidiaries of Pixelworks, Inc.

Exhibit 21

Equator Technologies, Inc. — a Delaware corporation
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. — a China company
Pixelworks Japan Inc. — a Japan company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Taiwan) Inc. — a Taiwan company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. Shenzhen Branch Office No. 1 – a China company
Pixelworks Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong) – a Hong Kong company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology California LLC (California) – a California company
ViXS Systems Inc. dba Pixelworks Canada (Canada) – a Canadian company
Frame Shadow Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd – A China company
Pixelworks Taiwan LLC - an Oregon company
Pixelworks Semiconductor Technology Company, LLC - an Oregon company

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

We have issued our report dated March 13, 2024, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of Pixelworks, Inc. on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statement of Pixelworks,
Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-275569) and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-273250, File No. 333-265686, File No. 333-256606, File No. 333-239466, File No.
333-233210, File No. 333-227352, File No. 333-219418, File No. 333-212650, File No. 333-205856, File No. 333-197644, File No. 333-190037, File No.
333-182701, File No. 333-168175, File No. 333-161125, File No. 333-152945 and File No. 333-136553).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

San Francisco, California
March 13, 2024

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.2

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-256606, 333-239466, 333-233210, 333-227352,
333-219418,  333-212650,  333-205856,  333-197644,  333-190037,  333-182701,  333-168175,  333-161125,  333-152945,  333-136553,  333-265686,  333-
273250  and  333-265686)  and  Form  S-3  (No.  333-275569)  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  of  our  report  dated  March  8,  2023  relating  to  the
consolidated financial statements appearing in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

/s/ Armanino LLP

San Ramon, California
March 13, 2024

Exhibit 31.1

I, Todd A. DeBonis, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most
recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected  or  is  reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2024

By:

  /s/ Todd A. DeBonis
  Todd A. DeBonis

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2

I, Haley F. Aman, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most
recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected  or  is  reasonably
likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  which  are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2024

By:

  /s/ Haley F. Aman

  Haley F. Aman
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  as  filed  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  I,  Todd  A.  DeBonis,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,
certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002, that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

By:

  /s/ Todd A. DeBonis
  Todd A. DeBonis

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date:

  March 13, 2024

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Pixelworks,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023  as  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Haley F. Aman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. 1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
that:

1.

2.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

By:

  /s/ Haley F. Aman

  Haley F. Aman
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Date:

  March 13, 2024